OrthoPediatrics
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

ANNUAL REPORT 2021 Focused exclusively on improving the (cid:163)(cid:45)(cid:61)(cid:39)(cid:57)(cid:2)(cid:51)(cid:40)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:44)(cid:45)(cid:163)(cid:38)(cid:56)(cid:39)(cid:50)(cid:1) KIDS Leadership After over a decade of dedicated commitment to our organization and our Cause of helping KIDS, Mark Throdahl transitioned from his role as CEO in June, and has assumed a new position as Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mark has been a tremendous leader, friend, and mentor to me and many of my colleagues over the years – and he has left big shoes to fill. While his wisdom and grace cannot be replaced, I am honored by the opportunity to step into this role with a renewed sense of energy and drive to lead this organization into the future. Delivering in an Uncertain Environment The most important metric of our success is the number of children we help each year, and in 2021 we helped a record 38,000 children with orthopedic conditions. In total, OrthoPediatrics has impacted the lives of over 234,000 children since our founding. Additionally, we produced record revenue of $98 million, growing 38% over prior year. Despite COVID’s unfavorable impact on revenue, controlled spending resulted in an adjusted EBITDA of ($0.2) million, improving $5.7 million over prior year. We also continued investing in the business by deploying $13.6 million of consigned instrument and implant sets, extended our patient- specific FIREFLY Technology agreement by another 5 years, and entered into an exclusive agreement with SeaSpine to distribute 7D intraoperative surgical navigation technology in children’s hospitals. Controlling What We Can Control Since the beginning of the pandemic, we adopted the mantra of “controlling what we can control” and have continued to execute on our 5 Strategic Pillars. First, we continue to focus on the top 300 children’s hospitals where the majority of pediatric orthopedic procedures are performed. Our efforts center around improving our market share position by converting more surgeons into users of more of our products. After a successful year in 2021, we enter 2022 with more surgeons using more of our products than ever before. Second, we made substantial progress towards our goal of surrounding pediatric orthopedic surgeons with an industry leading product portfolio designed specifically for children. Our scoliosis franchise executed a full-scale domestic launch of our RESPONSE Neuromuscular system, while the Trauma & Deformity Correction business, our largest, saw tremendous revenue performance in the recently launched Next Generation Cannulated Screw System, and the Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis (“SCFE”) System. Additionally, we continued the launch of our PNP Femur and External Fixation systems both in the US and in several markets around the world. President and CEO Despite the lingering effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, it was another record year for OrthoPediatrics. Our associates have continued to work tirelessly to provide our surgeon customers and their patients, with innovative products to improve the quality of life for children all over the world. I am proud of the resolve of our team and the strength of the culture we have worked so hard to foster in the most challenging of circumstances. It is with gratitude and respect I write this, my first letter as the President and CEO of OrthoPediatrics. DAVID BAILEYThird, through the deployment of $13.6M in consigned inventory and the addition of 19 US sales professionals we improved surgeon access to our products as well as improved the customer experience. Fourth, we made great strides in advancing innovation in pediatric orthopedics, furthering development of new products in early onset scoliosis, and intramedullary nailing for fractures and rare bone diseases. We have continued to expand our External Fixation portfolio with new products and pre-planning software. In 2020, we acquired the Israeli-based company, ApiFix – which boasts an innovative technology for non-fusion scoliosis surgery. This past year, we gained significant momentum in filling a patient registry for the US. We also took major steps in our digital transformation initiative by extending our long-term partnership with Mighty Oak Medical and the patient-specific FIREFLY Technology, and we secured the pediatric rights to the 7D intraoperative surgical navigation technology through a partnership with SeaSpine. Lastly, we are particularly proud of our execution on our 5th Strategic Pillar - to help train the next generation of pediatric orthopedic surgeons. In 2021 we continued our leading support of the major pediatric surgical societies and carried out more than 300 training events for healthcare professionals. Our commitment to non-commercial clinical education keeps us true to our Cause and signals our dedication to advancing the entire field of pediatric orthopedics. Building an Infinite Company Recently, one of our surgeon customers recommended I read Simon Sinek’s book “The Infinite Game”. It was a great read, which resonated with me on many levels. In the book, Sinek posits that exceptional leaders will view their businesses as infinite – not limited by resources, time, people, or conventional rules – rather, focusing on building and sustaining strong, healthy organizations. He introduces five essential practices to achieve an Infinite Mindset – principles, I believe, are represented by OrthoPediatrics every day. We are a community of people who serve a cause greater than ourselves and are dedicated to changing the world. We believe by investing in the care of children we can impact future generations. We believe our culture is a source of competitive strength – something that can’t be reversed engineered or replaced, and a reason the company was named one of the “Best Places to Work in Indiana” for a 6th time in 2021. We care for each other and develop leaders at every level of the organization. Our strong culture and positive work environment allow us to attract other passionate people to our cause. We were proud to significantly grow our organization in 2021, adding diverse, high-caliber professionals in every facet of our business. We are focused on the long term and set goals that are aspirational and bold. We set high standards, take risks, learn from our missteps, and grow. That was especially true this past year; proving that together, we can thrive in almost any storm. Your Support We continue to build an enduring company focused on pediatric orthopedics, and I’m proud of the progress we have made together in 2021. On behalf of our entire team, I would like to thank our investors for your continued support. I’m excited and inspired by what the future holds for our Company and our Cause of helping KIDS all over the world whose lives have been impacted by orthopedic conditions. I’m honored to lead this remarkable organization, and I am grateful to my colleagues who share their gifts with our community, giving of themselves tirelessly, and elevating our performance each and every day. Finally, a special thank you to our surgeon customers and global healthcare providers, who continue to advance healthcare on the frontlines of the pandemic, while putting their trust in our company, and see OrthoPediatrics as their partner in advancing the field of pediatric orthopedics. Together, with my colleagues, we believe the Company is well- positioned for long-term, sustainable growth and I look forward to what we will accomplish together. David Bailey Trauma Deformity Correction External Fixation Scoliosis Sports Medicine Medical Education UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 FORM 10-K [Mark One] ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from _______ to _______ Commission file number 001-38242 ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 26-1761833 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 2850 Frontier Drive Warsaw, Indiana (Address of principal executive offices) 46582 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (574) 268-6379 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, $0.00025 par value per share KIDS Nasdaq Global Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant(1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every interactive data file required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files) Yes ☒ No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Smaller Reporting Company ☒ Emerging Growth Company ☒ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $695.3 million as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2021), based upon the closing sale price for the registrant's common stock on that day as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market. Shares of common stock held by each officer and director of the registrant and by each person who owns 10 percent or more of outstanding common stock on June 30, 2021 have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes. Annual Report 2021 | 1   As of March 1, 2022, the registrant had 19,745,348 outstanding shares of common stock, $0.00025 par value per share. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. 2 | Annual Report 2021 2 Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements Risk Factor Summary Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures PART I PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. [Reserved] Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation PART III 6 7 8 31 69 69 69 69 70 71 71 82 84 118 118 119 120 120 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 120 Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Item 16. Form 10-K Summary PART IV 120 120 121 122 3 Annual Report 2021 | 3   ACL ApiFix Approved Body Band-Lok CE Mark CFC CME CMS Company Devise Ortho DHHS EEA EU Exchange Act FDA FDASIA FDCA FERA Foundation GAAP GDPR GILTI HCP HDE HIPAA IPO IRB LLD MDD MDR MHRA MPFL Orthex PMA POD POSNA QSR SEC Glossary of Acronyms and Defined Terms Anterior cruciate ligament The combination of ApiFix, Ltd and ApiFix, Inc., which were acquired by the Company April 1, 2020 An approved body under UK medical Device Regulations Band-Lok, LLC, which sold certain intellectual property assets to the Company on June 10, 2020 Conformite Europeene Mark used for medical devices in the EEA; a product with such a mark is referred to herein as a "CE-Marked" product. Controlled foreign corporations under the Tax Act Continuing medical education Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services OrthoPediatrics Corp. Devise Ortho, Inc. which sold certain assets and intellectual property to the Company on October 20, 2021 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services European Economic Area European Union U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 U.S. Food and Drug Administration Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act Fraud Enforcement Recovery Act of 2009 The Foundation for Advancing Pediatric Orthopedics U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles EU General Data Protection Regulation Global Intangible Low Taxed Income under the Tax Act Healthcare providers Humanitarian Device Exemption under FDA regulation Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 Company’s initial public offering of its common stock on October 11, 2017 Institutional Review Board utilized by the FDA Limb length discrepancies Medical Devices Directive EU’s Medical Device Regulation Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency of the United Kingdom Medial petellofemoral ligament Orthex, LLC, which was acquired by the Company on June 4, 2019 Premarket Approval Application with the FDA Physician-owned distributorships Pediatric Orthopaedic Society of North America FDA’s Quality System Regulation United States Securities and Exchange Commission 4 | Annual Report 2021 4 Squadron Structure Medical Tax Act Telos UK or United Kingdom UKCA Mark Vilex Vilex Companies Squadron Capital LLC, which is the Company’s largest investor Structure Medical, LLC Tax Cuts and Jobs Act signed into law on December 22, 2017 Telos Partners, LLC, which was acquired by the Company on March 9, 2020 The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland UK Conformity Assessed marking is a new UK product marking that is used for goods being placed on the market in Great Britain (England, Wales and Scotland) Vilex in Tennesee, Inc., which was acquired by the Company on June 4, 2019 and substantially all its assets were sold on December 31, 2019 to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron Capital, LLC The combination of Vilex in Tennessee, Inc. and Orthex, LLC which were acquired by the Company on June 4, 2019 5 Annual Report 2021 | 5   FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS The Company from time to time includes forward-looking statements in its oral and written communication. The Company may include forward-looking statements in filings with the SEC, such as its Annual Reports on Form 10-K and its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, in other written materials and oral statements made by senior management to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, current and prospective products, product approvals, research and development costs, prospective collaborations, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations and future results of anticipated products, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The Company intends these forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and the Company is including this statement for purposes of these safe harbor provisions. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward- looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward- looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks, assumptions and uncertainties, including, among other things, those discussed in Item 1A, “RISK FACTORS”. Because of these and other uncertainties, the Company’s actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company’s past results of operations do not necessarily indicate its future results. 6 | Annual Report 2021 6 RISK FACTOR SUMMARY Our business is subject to numerous risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and the trading price of our common stock. We encourage you to carefully review the full risk factors contained in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in their entirety. These risks include the following, among others: • The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and measures intended to prevent its spread have adversely impacted our business and financial results, and the continued impact of the pandemic will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the severity and duration of the pandemic and further actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties to contain and treat the virus. • We have incurred losses in the past and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. • We may be unable to generate sufficient revenue from the commercialization of our products to achieve profitability. • We may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing commercial operations, develop and commercialize new products and expand our operations. • Our long-term growth depends on our ability to commercialize our products in development and to develop and commercialize additional products through our research and development efforts, and if we fail to do so, we may be unable to compete effectively. • We lack published long-term data supporting superior clinical outcomes by our products, which could limit • sales. If coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures using our products significantly decline, orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline. • We may be unable to successfully demonstrate to orthopedic surgeons the merits of our products compared to those of our competitors. • Our products and our operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements, including but not limited to the HDE requirements and IRB regulations, could harm our business. • We rely on a network of third-party independent sales agencies and distributors to market and distribute our products, and if we are unable to maintain and expand this network, we may be unable to generate anticipated sales. If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or if we are accused of infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights. • 7 Annual Report 2021 | 7   PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS GENERAL OrthoPediatrics Corp. (the "Company") is a Delaware corporation, headquartered in Warsaw, Indiana, and organized in November 2007. The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol KIDS. OrthoPediatrics Corp. is a medical device company committed to designing, developing and marketing anatomically appropriate implants and devices for children with orthopedic conditions, giving pediatric orthopedic surgeons and caregivers the ability to treat children with technologies specifically designed to meet their needs. Initially organized as an Indiana limited liability company on August 31, 2006, OrthoPediatrics Corp. was converted to a Delaware corporation on November 30, 2007. We sell our specialized products, including PediLoc®, PediPlates®, Cannulated Screws, PediFlexTM nail, PediNailTM, PediLoc® Tibia, ACL Reconstruction System, Locking Cannulated Blade, Locking Proximal Femur, Spica Tables, RESPONSETM Spine, BandLocTM, Pediatric Nailing Platform | Femur, Orthex, QuickPackTM and ApiFix® Mid-C System, to various hospitals and medical facilities throughout the United States and various international markets. We currently use a contract manufacturing model for the manufacturing of implants and related surgical instrumentation. The Company began selling its products in the United States in 2008 and internationally in 2011. In 2017, we expanded operations and established legal entities in the United Kingdom (UK), Australia and New Zealand, permitting us to sell under an agency model directly to local hospitals in these countries. We began selling direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020, and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to further enhance our operations in Europe. The Company routinely explores opportunities to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses. For example, on June 4, 2019, we purchased all the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Vilex in Tennessee, Inc. ("Vilex") and all the issued and outstanding units of membership interests in Orthex, LLC ("Orthex") for $60 million in total consideration. Vilex and Orthex (collectively, the "Vilex Companies") are primarily manufacturers of foot and ankle surgical implants, including cannulated screws, fusion devices, surgical staples and bone plates, as well as Orthex Hexapod technology which is used to treat pediatric congenital deformities and limb length discrepancies. On December 31, 2019, we divested substantially all of the assets relating to Vilex's adult product offerings to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron Capital LLC ("Squadron") in exchange for a $25 million reduction in a Term Note owed to Squadron in connection with the initial acquisition. As part of the sale, we also entered into (i) an exclusive license arrangement with Squadron providing for perpetual access to certain intellectual property and (ii) an exclusive mutual distribution agreement with Squadron permitting both companies to distribute certain of the other's products. We recognized a loss of approximately $1 million on the sale of Vilex. On March 9, 2020, we purchased all the issued and outstanding membership interest of Telos Partners, LLC ("Telos") for $3 million in total consideration. Telos is a boutique regulatory consulting firm formed in Colorado. On April 1, 2020, we purchased all the issued and outstanding membership interest of ApiFix, Ltd. ("ApiFix") for (a) $2 million in cash, and (b) 934,783 shares of the Company's common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, representing approximately $35 million (based on a closing share price of $37.63 on April 1, 2020). ApiFix, a corporation organized under the laws of Israel, has developed a minimally invasive deformity correction system for patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis ("ApiFix System"). In addition, we have also agreed to pay as part of the purchase price the following anniversary payments, subject to certain limitations and adjustments: (i) approximately $13 million on the second anniversary of the closing date, provided that such payment will be paid earlier if 150 clinical procedures using the ApiFix System are completed in the United States before such anniversary date, (ii) $8 million on the third anniversary of the closing date; and (iii) $9 million on the fourth anniversary of the closing date. In addition, to the extent that the product of our revenues from the ApiFix System for the twelve months ended June 30, 2024 multiplied by 2.25 exceeds the anniversary payments actually made for the third and fourth years, we have agreed to pay the selling shareholders a system sales payment in the amount of such excess. The anniversary payments and system sales payment may each be made in cash or cash and common stock. 8 | Annual Report 2021 8 On June 10, 2020, we purchased certain intellectual property assets from Band-Lok, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company ("Band-Lok"), related to its Tether Clamp and Implantation System ("Tether Clamp System") for approximately $3 million in total consideration. We use the Tether Clamp System in connection with our Bandloc 5.5/6.0 System. We were previously the sole licensee of the purchased assets under a license agreement with Band-Lok. On October 20, 2021, we purchased certain intellectual property assets and product inventory from Devise Ortho, Inc., related to its Drive Rail external fixation system for $0.9 million in total consideration. In addition to acquisitions, we also look for partnerships which can provide us with complementary enabling technologies. For example, in 2021 we extended our license agreement for our exclusive distribution rights of the FIREFLY Technology. Additionally in 2021, we entered into a license agreement resulting in exclusive distribution rights of the 7D Surgical FLASHTM Navigation platform for pediatric applications. These partnerships allow for exclusive distribution in children's hospitals across the United States and serve as supporting avenues for us to focus on high-volume children's hospitals. In December 2019, the Company completed a follow-on offering of shares of common stock, in which it sold 1,755,500 shares at an offering price of $36.50 per share, raising a total of $60 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting commissions and offering expenses. On June 22, 2020, we completed a follow-on offering of our common stock, in which we issued and sold 1,600,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $47.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $75.2 million. We received $70.2 million in net proceeds after deducting $4.5 million of underwriting discounts and commissions and paying $0.5 million in offering costs. Our largest investor is Squadron, a private investment firm based in Granby, Connecticut. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had consolidated total assets of $304.3 million, consolidated total liabilities of $78.9 million and stockholders’ equity of $225.4 million. As of December 31, 2021, the Company and its subsidiaries had 133 full-time equivalent employees. A novel strain of the coronavirus disease ("COVID-19") was first identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019, and the related outbreak was subsequently declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the President of the United States. Despite the impact COVID-19 has had on our business, we continued to invest in research and development, invest in our people, and take steps to position ourselves for long-term success. In 2020, we raised additional capital to solidify our financial foundation. We continued to train and educate our sales team and our surgeons on our products. During 2021, we continued to focus on developing innovative solutions, acquired multiple enabling technologies and continued to deploy additional consigned instrument and implant sets in furtherance of our strategy. Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") OrthoPediatrics was founded on the cause of impacting the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. Since inception we have impacted the lives of over 234,000 children. We believe we should continue to expand our social efforts while minimizing our impact to the environment and ensuring corporate governance. We believe these areas are central to our business philosophy and ultimately generate increased shareholder value. AVAILABLE INFORMATION The Company makes its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, available on its website under the Investor Relations tab at http://www.orthopediatrics.com without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable, after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including the Company. Those filings are accessible on the SEC’s website at http:// www.sec.gov. 9 Annual Report 2021 | 9   The Company We are the only global medical device company focused exclusively on providing a comprehensive trauma and deformity correction, scoliosis and sports medicine product offering to the pediatric orthopedic market in order to improve the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. We design, develop and commercialize innovative orthopedic implants and instruments to meet the specialized needs of pediatric surgeons and their patients, who we believe have been largely neglected by the orthopedic industry. We currently serve three of the largest categories in this market. We estimate that the portion of this market that we currently serve represents a $3.3 billion opportunity globally, including over $1.5 billion in the United States. Historically, there have been a limited number of implants and instruments specifically designed for the unique needs of children. As a result, pediatric orthopedic surgeons often improvise with adult implants repurposed for use in children, resort to freehand techniques with adult instruments and use implants that can be difficult to remove after being temporarily implanted. These improvisations may lead to undue surgical trauma and morbidity. We address this unmet market need and sell the broadest product offering specifically designed for children with orthopedic conditions. We currently market 37 surgical systems that serve three of the largest categories within the pediatric orthopedic market: (i) trauma and deformity correction, (ii) scoliosis and (iii) sports medicine procedures. Our products have proprietary features designed to: • • • • • protect a child’s growth plates; fit a wide range of pediatric anatomy; enable earlier surgical intervention; enable precise and reproducible surgical techniques; and ease implant removal. We believe our innovative products promote improved surgical accuracy, increase consistency of patient outcomes and enhance surgeon confidence in achieving high standards of care. In the future, we expect to expand our product offering to address additional categories of the pediatric orthopedic market, such as active growing implants for early onset scoliosis, limb length discrepancies and other orthopedic trauma and deformity applications. Our global sales organization focuses exclusively on pediatric orthopedics. Our organization has a deep understanding of the unique nature of children’s clinical conditions and surgical procedures as well as an appreciation of the tremendous sense of responsibility pediatric orthopedic surgeons feel for the children whom parents have entrusted to their care. We provide these surgeons with dedicated support, both in and out of the operating room. As of December 31, 2021, our U.S. sales organization consisted of 40 independent sales agencies employing more than 190 focused sales representatives. Increasingly, these sales agencies are making us the anchor line in their businesses or representing us exclusively. Sales from such sales agencies represented 76% and 86% of our global revenue in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Outside of the United States, our sales organization consisted of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies in 45 countries. Beginning in 2017, we began to supplement the use of stocking distributors with direct sales programs in select international markets where we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission. These new arrangements have generated an increase in revenue and gross margin. We collaborate with pediatric orthopedic surgeons in developing new surgical systems that improve the quality of care. We have an efficient product development process that relies upon teams of engineers, commercial personnel and surgeon advisors. We believe our products are characterized by stable pricing, few reimbursement issues and attractive gross margins. We believe clinical education is critical to advancing the field of pediatric orthopedics. Cumulatively, we are the largest financial contributor to the five primary pediatric orthopedic surgical societies that conduct pediatric clinical education and research. We are a major sponsor of continuing medical education, or CME, courses in pediatric spine and pediatric orthopedics, which are focused on fellows and young surgeons. In 2021, we 10 | Annual Report 2021 10 The Company We are the only global medical device company focused exclusively on providing a comprehensive trauma and deformity correction, scoliosis and sports medicine product offering to the pediatric orthopedic market in order to improve the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. We design, develop and commercialize innovative orthopedic implants and instruments to meet the specialized needs of pediatric surgeons and their patients, who we believe have been largely neglected by the orthopedic industry. We currently serve three of the largest categories in this market. We estimate that the portion of this market that we currently serve represents a $3.3 billion opportunity globally, including over $1.5 billion in the United States. Historically, there have been a limited number of implants and instruments specifically designed for the unique needs of children. As a result, pediatric orthopedic surgeons often improvise with adult implants repurposed for use in children, resort to freehand techniques with adult instruments and use implants that can be difficult to remove after being temporarily implanted. These improvisations may lead to undue surgical trauma and morbidity. We address this unmet market need and sell the broadest product offering specifically designed for children with orthopedic conditions. We currently market 37 surgical systems that serve three of the largest categories within the pediatric orthopedic market: (i) trauma and deformity correction, (ii) scoliosis and (iii) sports medicine procedures. Our products have proprietary features designed to: • • • • • protect a child’s growth plates; fit a wide range of pediatric anatomy; enable earlier surgical intervention; enable precise and reproducible surgical techniques; and ease implant removal. We believe our innovative products promote improved surgical accuracy, increase consistency of patient outcomes and enhance surgeon confidence in achieving high standards of care. In the future, we expect to expand our product offering to address additional categories of the pediatric orthopedic market, such as active growing implants for early onset scoliosis, limb length discrepancies and other orthopedic trauma and deformity applications. Our global sales organization focuses exclusively on pediatric orthopedics. Our organization has a deep understanding of the unique nature of children’s clinical conditions and surgical procedures as well as an appreciation of the tremendous sense of responsibility pediatric orthopedic surgeons feel for the children whom parents have entrusted to their care. We provide these surgeons with dedicated support, both in and out of the operating room. As of December 31, 2021, our U.S. sales organization consisted of 40 independent sales agencies employing more than 190 focused sales representatives. Increasingly, these sales agencies are making us the anchor line in their businesses or representing us exclusively. Sales from such sales agencies represented 76% and 86% of our global revenue in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Outside of the United States, our sales organization consisted of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies in 45 countries. Beginning in 2017, we began to supplement the use of stocking distributors with direct sales programs in select international markets where we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission. These new arrangements have generated an increase in revenue and gross margin. We collaborate with pediatric orthopedic surgeons in developing new surgical systems that improve the quality of care. We have an efficient product development process that relies upon teams of engineers, commercial personnel and surgeon advisors. We believe our products are characterized by stable pricing, few reimbursement issues and attractive gross margins. We believe clinical education is critical to advancing the field of pediatric orthopedics. Cumulatively, we are the largest financial contributor to the five primary pediatric orthopedic surgical societies that conduct pediatric clinical education and research. We are a major sponsor of continuing medical education, or CME, courses in pediatric spine and pediatric orthopedics, which are focused on fellows and young surgeons. In 2021, we conducted over 300 training workshops. We believe these workshops help surgeons recognize our commitment to their field. We believe our commitment to clinical education has helped to increase our account presence while promoting familiarity with our products and loyalty among fellows and young surgeons. We have established a corporate culture built on the cause of improving the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. We believe our higher corporate purpose captures the imagination of our employees and makes them committed to doing everything better, faster and at lower cost. This culture allows us to attract and retain talented, high-performing individuals. We have grown our revenue from approximately $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $98.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The compound annual growth rate for the Company from 2011 through 2021 is 25.4%. This growth was partially obtained through strategic acquisitions. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our revenue was $98.0 million, $71.1 million and $72.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, our accumulated deficit was $178.0 million. We believe we have a history of efficient capital utilization, and we intend to scale our business model by continuing to implement the successful strategy that has sustained our growth. This strategy includes increasing investment in consigned implant and instrument sets in the United States and select international markets, expanding our innovative product line by leveraging our efficient product development process, strengthening our global sales and distribution infrastructure, broadening our commitment to clinical education and research, and deepening our culture of continuous improvement. Due to the high concentration of pediatric orthopedic surgeons in comparatively few hospitals, we believe we can accelerate the penetration of our addressable market in a capital-efficient manner and further strengthen our position as the category leader in pediatric orthopedics. The primary challenges to maintaining our growth in a market that has not historically relied on age- specific implants and instruments have been insufficient implant/instrument sets and overcoming older surgeons’ familiarity with repurposing adult implants for use in children. Our efforts in surgeon training, collaboration and marketing address the inertia of using repurposed adult products, particularly with younger surgeons. Industry Overview Children Have Unique Skeletal Characteristics Their skeletal anatomy and physiology differs significantly from adults, which affects the way in which children with orthopedic conditions are managed surgically. These differences include: • • • • • Children’s Bones Are Smaller. Children’s bones are significantly smaller than adult bones. Bone size and strength increases rapidly during childhood and adolescence. Children's Bones Are Growing. Children’s bones contain growth plates, or physes, that consist of developing cartilage tissue at the end of the bone, enabling skeletal growth. Bones grow lengthwise from the ends of the growth plates until skeletal maturity is reached and the growth plates close. As this occurs, some bones fuse together, reducing the 270 bones children have at birth to 206 bones by adulthood. Injury to the growth plates, including fracture or surgical trauma, can lead to growth arrest and subsequent deformity. The Composition and Vasculature of Children’s Bones Is Unique. Children’s bones are more porous and respond to injury and infection differently than adult bones. Children also have blood vessels that supply oxygen and nutrients to bones as they grow, which disappear when the growth plates close and the child reaches adulthood. Trauma to these blood vessels during surgery may cut off blood supply to the bone, resulting in death of the bone tissue. Children’s Bones Change Shape as They Grow. Children’s bones are more curved than adult bones. As children grow into adulthood, their bones change shape. For example, the curvature of the femur decreases up to 30% as a child matures. Complex Disorders in Children Pose Unique Clinical Challenges. Complex disorders such as cerebral palsy, scoliosis, brittle bone disease and hip disorders can pose significant challenges for surgical treatment. The most common such disorder is cerebral palsy, which affects approximately 500,000 children under the age of 18 in the United States and approximately three 10 11 Annual Report 2021 | 11   out of every 1,000 live births. Spastic cerebral palsy is the most common form, making up the majority of all cerebral palsy cases. Spastic cerebral palsy can produce skeletal deformities such as curvature of the spine, hip dislocation, gait abnormalities and other conditions involving joints and bones. Children suffering from these disorders often require multiple surgeries into adulthood. We believe the challenges resulting from the unique characteristics of children’s skeletal anatomy and physiology, as well as the complex disorders affecting them, are best addressed by the use of implants and instruments specifically designed for the treatment of children. Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeons Are Generalists Unlike orthopedic surgeons focused on treating adults, pediatric orthopedic surgeons are, for the most part, generalists treating a wide range of congenital, developmental and traumatic orthopedic conditions, including limb and spine deformities, gait abnormalities, bone and joint infections, sports injuries and orthopedic trauma cases. Accordingly, they generally represent a single call point for our broad range of pediatric orthopedic implants and instruments. In 2021, there were more than 1,400 members of Pediatric Orthopaedic Society of North America (POSNA), as compared to approximately 33,400 practicing orthopedic surgeons in the United States focused on the treatment of adults. The number of fellowships in pediatric orthopedics continues to grow. As generalists, these surgeons have a deep understanding of the unique nature of children’s clinical conditions and surgical procedures. We believe they feel a tremendous sense of responsibility for the children whom parents have entrusted to their care. Market Opportunity We currently serve a portion of the pediatric orthopedic implant market that we estimate represents a $3.3 billion opportunity globally, including over $1.5 billion in the United States. The chart below provides the estimated sizes of the categories of our U.S. addressable market opportunity, based on third-party data (including data compiled by IMS Health, Inc. and Life Science Intelligence, Inc. in studies that we commissioned) regarding the number of procedures performed in 2015 and our average revenue per procedure or, in the case of smart implants, our estimated average revenue per procedure based on industry data. We then updated this data in 2021 based on management estimates and typical industry growth rates. Trauma and Deformity Scoliosis Fusion Non-Fusion Sports Medicine Smart Implants U.S. Pediatric Orthopedic Implant Market $609 Million $315 Million $200 Million $187 Million $140 Million We estimate that the United States represented approximately 45% of the total global orthopedic implant market, both adult and pediatric, and that this geographic segmentation similarly applies to the global pediatric orthopedic implant market. Overviews of the three categories of the trauma and deformity, scoliosis and sports medicine markets that we currently serve, and the smart implant market that we are planning to enter, are as follows: Trauma and Deformity Correction Trauma and deformity correction procedures involve placing metal plates and screws on the outside of the bone or long nails inside the canal of the bone, known as flexible and rigid intramedullary nails, to stabilize fractures and allow them to heal. Trauma and deformity procedures also include osteotomies, or surgical cutting of the bone, the use of metal implants to correct angular bone deformities or limb length discrepancies and external fixation. Scoliosis Scoliosis procedures involve the use of spinal implants, such as pedicle screws and rods, to correct curvature of the spine as a result of scoliosis, trauma or tumors. 12 | Annual Report 2021 12 Sports Medicine Sports medicine procedures include reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament, or ACL, and medial patellofemoral ligament, or MPFL. These reconstruction procedures refer to the replacement of the ACL or MPFL ligaments, as applicable, with a surgical tissue graft to restore function to the knee after injury. According to Life Science Intelligence, Inc., in a study that we commissioned, approximately 29% of ACL reconstruction procedures completed in the United States in 2015 were in patients under the age of 18. The vast majority of these procedures were performed in ambulatory surgery centers. Smart Implants We are developing a new generation of adjustable implant systems, which we refer to as our Active Growing Implants, which will utilize a mechanized motor and are adjustable at the time of implantation and non-invasively over the course of treatment to accommodate the clinical needs of patients with early onset scoliosis and limb length discrepancies, or LLDs, as they heal, grow and age. Early onset scoliosis refers to severe spinal deformities in skeletally immature patients under the age of ten. Despite its low incidence rate, early onset scoliosis is a challenging health issue and can lead to significant morbidity. LLDs can occur for a variety of reasons, including congenital deformities and previous injury to the bone. Larger LLDs often result in debilitating pain and difficulty to walk. High Procedural Concentration in Trauma and Deformity and Scoliosis According to IMS Health, Inc., 3,425 hospitals performed pediatric trauma and deformity or scoliosis procedures in the United States in 2015. Approximately 300 of these hospitals performed over 62% of all pediatric trauma and deformity and scoliosis procedures. We believe that this high concentration of pediatric trauma and deformity and scoliosis procedures and our focused sales organization will enable us to address the pediatric orthopedic surgery market in a capital-efficient manner. We estimate that these 300 U.S. pediatric centers represent a target market of $0.8 billion. The table below provides the estimated sizes of the categories of this target market, based on third-party data (including data compiled by IMS Health, Inc. and Life Science Intelligence, Inc. in studies that we commissioned) which was then updated in 2021 with management estimates based on typical industry growth rates. Trauma and Deformity Fusion Non-Fusion Sports Medicine Scoliosis U.S. High-Volume Children's Hospitals Target Market $378 Million $195 million $180 million $17 million In the future, we expect to expand our market opportunity by addressing additional categories of the pediatric orthopedic market, such as craniomaxilloacial, upper extremity, pediatric orthopedic oncology, pelvis, and other sports-related injuries. Our Exclusive Focus on Pediatric Orthopedic Surgery We believe we are the only company that has committed the resources necessary to create a global sales and product development infrastructure focused on the pediatric orthopedic implant market. Our goal is to build an enduring company committed to addressing this market’s unmet needs. Only Commercial Infrastructure Dedicated to Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeons • Dedicated Sales Support to Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeons. Our sales and marketing personnel provide dedicated sales support to pediatric orthopedic surgeons, both in and out of the operating room, to guide them through the optimal selection and use of implants and instruments to achieve desired clinical outcomes. 13 Annual Report 2021 | 13   • • Participation of Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeons in New Product Development. With the assistance of our Medical Director, a highly respected former pediatric orthopedic surgeon, we engage with pediatric orthopedic surgeons to understand their clinical needs and develop new implants, instruments and surgical techniques that will allow them to better serve their patients. We also respond to surgeons’ requests for customized implants and instruments to improve their workflows and enhance their clinical outcomes. Leading Supporter of Pediatric Orthopedic Surgical Societies and Clinical Education. Cumulatively, we donate more than any of our competitors to the five primary pediatric orthopedic surgical societies that conduct pediatric clinical education and research. In 2021, we conducted numerous training workshops focused on fellows and surgeons early in their careers. We believe our commitment to clinical education advances pediatric orthopedic surgery and increases our account presence, while promoting familiarity with our products and loyalty among fellows and young surgeons. We aspire to be viewed as the partner of pediatric orthopedic surgeons around the world. Our Competitive Strengths We believe our focus and experience in pediatric orthopedic surgery, combined with the following principal competitive strengths, will allow us to continue to grow our sales and expand our market opportunity. • • • Exclusive Focus on Pediatric Orthopedics. We were founded with the mission of improving the lives of children with orthopedic conditions, a patient population which we believe has been largely neglected by the orthopedic industry. We believe we are the first diversified orthopedic company to focus exclusively on the pediatric market. Our core competencies are the development and commercialization of innovative products and technologies specifically designed to address the unmet clinical needs of pediatric orthopedic patients and satisfy the demands of the surgeons who treat them. We have developed and sell the broadest product offering specifically designed for pediatric orthopedic patients. We believe we are the only orthopedic company to have established a robust pediatric-focused infrastructure, including product development and a dedicated global commercial organization. We believe our exclusive focus on pediatric orthopedics has generated strong brand equity in the pediatric orthopedic surgeon community. Comprehensive Portfolio of Innovative Orthopedic Products Designed Specifically for Children. We have developed a comprehensive portfolio of implants and instruments specifically designed to treat children with orthopedic conditions. In 2021, we estimate that our products were used in surgeries for approximately 38,000 children, and 234,000 since inception. We currently market 37 surgical systems consisting of more than 8,600 stock keeping units, which address pediatric trauma and deformity, scoliosis and sports medicine procedures. Our products include features that provide specific advantages for pediatric orthopedic surgeons and their patients, such as surgical instrumentation specifically designed for use in children, proper anatomical sizes and contouring, and proprietary designs that address the unique skeletal anatomy and physiology of a growing child. Our broad product offering has made us, within the three categories of the market that we currently serve, the only provider of comprehensive solutions to pediatric orthopedic surgeons, who for the most part are generalists performing a wide range of orthopedic surgeries. Partnership with Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeons and Pediatric Surgical Societies. We have devoted significant time and resources to developing deep relationships with pediatric orthopedic surgeons and supporting clinical education to advance the practice of pediatric orthopedic medicine. This enables us to engage and collaborate with thought-leading surgeons and academic institutions around the world in order to develop products and technologies specifically designed to meet the needs of pediatric orthopedic surgeons and their patients. Our dedication to the pediatric orthopedic community is evidenced by our leading support of the five major pediatric orthopedic surgical societies that conduct pediatric clinical education and research. In 2021, we conducted numerous training workshops focused on fellows and surgeons early in their careers. We are a major sponsor of CME courses in pediatric spine and pediatric orthopedics. We believe collaborating with pediatric orthopedic surgeons has helped to promote familiarity with our products and loyalty among fellows and surgeons early in their careers. 14 | Annual Report 2021 14 • • Scalable Business Model. Our ability to identify and respond quickly to the needs of pediatric orthopedic surgeons and their patients is central to our culture and critical to our continued success. As of December 31, 2021, our U.S. sales organization consisted of 40 independent sales agencies employing more than 190 sales representatives. Outside of the United States, we work with 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies in 45 countries. We estimate that over 62% of U.S. pediatric trauma and deformity and scoliosis procedures in 2015 were performed in approximately 300 hospitals. We believe that this high concentration of procedures and our focused sales organization will enable us to address the pediatric orthopedic surgery market in a capital-efficient manner. In addition, we believe our exclusive focus on hospitals that perform pediatric orthopedic surgery will allow us to grow our revenue while leveraging investment in a smaller number of consigned implant and instrument sets. As we continue to broaden our product offering, we believe the scalability of our business model will allow us simultaneously to increase our reach, deepen our relationships with pediatric orthopedic surgeons and help us to achieve significant returns on our investments in implant and instrument sets, product development and commercial infrastructure. Unique Culture: A Different Kind of Orthopedic Company. We have established a results- oriented, people-focused corporate culture dedicated to improving the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. Our senior management team provides engaging leadership and believes that the only hierarchy is that of good ideas, which can come from everywhere in our company. Our Trauma and Deformity and Scoliosis businesses are each led by a senior vice president, who chairs a business team composed of representatives from the research and development, quality and regulatory, operations, sales, human resources and finance functions. These teams meet frequently and make decisions regarding new products, inventory builds and promotional activities, thus enhancing our agility and the speed of decision making. We believe this culture allows us to attract and retain talented, high performing professionals. For six years we have been named one of the Best Companies to work for in Indiana. We believe our focus and commitment to pediatric orthopedics has also enhanced our reputation among pediatric orthopedic surgeons as the only diversified orthopedic company focused on their specialty. We believe that our exclusive focus on pediatric orthopedic surgery, our comprehensive product portfolio, our collaborations with surgeons, our scalable business model and our engaging culture are all sources of significant competitive advantage. We believe these sources of competitive advantage provide us with the means to expand and defend our position as category leader and constitute barriers to entry that would require significant time, focus, and investment for a competitor to overcome. Our Strategy Our goal is to continue to enhance our leadership in the pediatric orthopedic surgery market and thereby improve the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. To achieve this goal, we have implemented a strategy that has five pillars: • • Continue our laser focus on high-volume children’s hospitals that treat the majority of pediatric patients. According to IMS Health, Inc., 3,425 hospitals performed pediatric trauma and deformity or scoliosis procedures in the United States in 2015. Approximately 300 of these hospitals performed over 62% of all pediatric trauma and deformity and scoliosis procedures. This high concentration of procedures and our focused sales organization will enable us to address the pediatric orthopedic surgery market in a capital-efficient manner. Provide a broad product portfolio uniquely designed to treat children by surrounding pediatric orthopedic surgeons with all the products they need. We intend to leverage our market knowledge and our relationships with leading pediatric orthopedic surgeons to continue developing innovative technologies and bringing them to market quickly. When appropriate, we will also partner with complimentary, enabling technology which will allow for greater coverage of orthopedic surgeon needs. We believe broadening our product offering will strengthen our position as the comprehensive solution provider for pediatric orthopedic surgeons, deepen our relationships with existing customers, lead to the conversion of new customers and enhance our reputation. 15 Annual Report 2021 | 15   • • • Deploy instrument sets and provide unparalleled sales support. We intend to increase our investment in implant and instrument sets consigned to hospitals in the United States and select international markets to satisfy market demand and accelerate our product sales worldwide. Due to the high concentration of pediatric orthopedic surgeons in comparatively few hospitals, we believe we can accelerate the penetration of our addressable market efficiently while supporting our customers with the only global sales and distribution channel focused exclusively on pediatric orthopedics. Expand addressable market through aggressive investment in R&D and select acquisition opportunities. We have a track record of introducing innovative products that meet the clinical needs of pediatric orthopedic surgeons and their patients. We believe many of these products are becoming the standard of care in pediatric orthopedic surgery, and we intend to increase our investment in research and development of new products. We aspire to launch at least one new surgical system and multiple product line extensions in our trauma and deformity and scoliosis businesses each year for the foreseeable future. We will also continue to seek partnership and select acquisition opportunities that expand our total available market and serve new unmet needs in pediatric orthopedics. Train the next generation of pediatric orthopedic surgeons. We want pediatric orthopedic surgeons to view us as their partner in advancing the entire field of pediatric orthopedic surgery. Beyond working with them to develop innovative products, we intend to deepen our partnership with surgeons by leveraging the experience of our senior management team, including our Medical Director, to expand our clinical education programs and partnerships with teaching hospitals, sponsor surgical workshops for residents and fellows and support worthwhile clinical research projects. We believe our commitment to clinical education and research enables us to advance the practice of pediatric orthopedic surgery and provides surgeons with access to sophisticated training in pediatric orthopedics that is not available through traditional residents’ training programs. We believe these efforts will continue to promote familiarity with our products and loyalty among fellows and young surgeons and generate new product ideas that will contribute to growth, enhance our competitive position, and expand our market opportunity. Our Product Portfolio We have developed a comprehensive portfolio of implants and instruments specifically designed to treat children with orthopedic conditions within the three categories of the pediatric orthopedic market that we currently serve. We currently market 37 surgical systems that address pediatric trauma and deformity correction, scoliosis and sports medicine/other procedures. Many of our products are available in a variety of sizes and configurations to address a wide range of patient conditions and surgical requirements. These surgical systems are summarized below. Trauma and Deformity Correction Our trauma and deformity correction product line includes more than 5,600 implants, external fixation, and bone graft substitutes for the femur, tibia, upper and lower extremities. Our global revenue from this category for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $65.8 million, or 67% of total revenue, which represented an increase of 38% over the prior year. In December 2020, the Company recorded a $2.7 million revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency. Global revenue from this category for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $47.7 million and $49.4 million or 67% and 68% of total revenue, respectively. Scoliosis Our scoliosis product category includes our RESPONSETM systems for treating spinal deformity in children, the BandLocTM 5.5mm/6.0mm sub-laminar banding system, FIREFLY® Pedicle Screw Navigation Guides, and ApiFix® Mid-C System. Our global revenue from this category for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $28.0 million, or 29% of total revenue, which represented an increase of 35% over the prior year. Global revenue from this category for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $20.7 million and $21.5 million or 29% and 30% of total revenue, respectively. 16 | Annual Report 2021 16 In addition to our direct product offering, we also invest in complementary enabling technologies that allow us to better serve the children's hospitals in which we sell. Enabling technologies in our scoliosis space include the FIREFLY® Technology, a 3D printed and patient-specific Pedicle Screw Navigation Guide as well as the 7D FLASHTM Navigation image guidance system. We have exclusive distribution rights to both of these complementary technologies, allowing for exclusive distribution in children's hospitals across the United States. Sports Medicine/Other Our sports medicine/other product category primarily includes our ACL, MPFL Reconstruction system and Telos. Our global revenue from this category for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $4.2 million, or 4% of total revenue, which represented growth of 57% over the prior year. Global revenue from this category for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $2.7 million and $1.7 million or 4% and 2% of total revenue, respectively. Our revenue is typically higher in the summer months and holiday periods, driven by higher sales of our trauma and deformity and scoliosis products, which is influenced by the higher incidence of pediatric surgeries during these periods due to recovery time provided by breaks in the school year. Product Pipeline Generally speaking, we have three product development objectives across the organization: (i) develop innovative new systems that enable surgeons to advance the field of pediatric orthopedics and allow us to focus on categories of the pediatric orthopedic market we are not currently addressing; (ii) build-out our current portfolio of products with line extensions that allow these systems to be used in more types of surgeries; and (iii) make improvements to our current implants and instruments that improve quality and reduce their cost. We have a large number of new product ideas under development within the areas of spinal implants, active growing smart implants, trauma implant systems, limb deformity implant systems, and non-surgical devices. We aspire to launch at least one new system and/or line extension/product improvement every quarter across the Company. We have a deep pipeline of new systems that are currently under development, including the following projects. Pediatric Nailing Platform | Tibia In the second half of 2022, we plan to submit a 510(k) for an innovative Pediatric Nailing Platform | Tibia, that will use a similar instrument platform to the Pediatric Nailing Platform | Femur system, which was introduced in 2018. This new to the market system will treat deformities and traumatic injuries of the tibia. We expect the full-scale launch to occur in 2023. Active Growing Implants We are developing a new generation of smart implants, which we refer to as our Active Growing Implants. Our Active Growing Implants will utilize a power source of significantly greater strength and control than current magnetic technology and will be adjustable at the time of implantation and non-invasively over the course of treatment to accommodate the changing clinical needs of patients as they heal, grow and age. We made significant development progress on this in 2021. This new technology will be available for early onset scoliosis and limb deformity. RESPONSETM Rib and Pelvic System Our RESPONSETM Rib and Pelvic System is designed to aid surgeons in the treatment of early onset scoliosis, a debilitating form of scoliosis that affects very young children. Osteogenesis Imperfecta Nail System Brittle bone disease poses a number of challenges for orthopedic surgeons. We are developing a passive growing nail system that will have a comprehensive offering for the continuum of multiple surgical treatments relating to this disease. In addition, this implant will have improved strength characteristics, addressing the primary deficiency of the product that has historically been used to perform this surgery. 17 Annual Report 2021 | 17   Growth Guidance for Scoliosis We are developing a next-generation growth guidance technology for treating certain forms of early onset scoliosis. This procedure uses rods and pedicle screws attached to specific points in the spine and configured similar to a “track and trolley” system which allows the spine to grow naturally while correcting a spinal curve. Development of Operative Planning Software We have a number of initiatives underway involving the development of both pre-operative planning and intraoperative use software to assist surgeons in the treatment of spinal, trauma and deformity correction conditions as well as the utilization of the Company’s product solutions for these conditions. These projects encompass both educational and software as a medical device type offering. External Fixation Systems We plan to launch additional external fixation products, which will bolster and round out our entire external fixation portfolio of products. In the first half of 2022, we plan to launch a Drive Rail system that complements the mini rail product offering. In addition to a suite of innovative features, this system will be compatible for use with the Orthex frame. Research and Product Development We seek to leverage our considerable experience in pediatric orthopedics to develop innovative implants and instruments that serve the unmet needs of pediatric orthopedic surgeons and their patients. Some of our product designs leverage our exclusive rights to the Hamann-Todd Collection of the Cleveland Natural History Museum, the world’s largest pediatric osteological collection. We have made significant investments in product development personnel and infrastructure, and we believe that ongoing research and development efforts are essential to our success. Our culture of continuous improvement challenges us to develop better products efficiently and at lower cost. New products are developed by teams of engineers, commercial personnel and surgeon advisors, who work closely together through the design, prototype and market-testing phases of a product’s development. Sales and Marketing We believe we are the only orthopedic company with a robust pediatric-focused infrastructure, including a dedicated global commercial organization. As of December 31, 2021, our U.S. sales organization consisted of 40 independent sales agencies employing 190 focused sales representatives. Increasingly, these sales agencies are making us the anchor line in their businesses or representing us exclusively. Sales to customers from such agencies represented 76% of our global revenue in 2021 and 86% in 2020. Outside of the United States, our sales organization consisted of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies in 45 countries, including the largest markets in the European Union, Latin America and the Middle East, as well as South Africa, Australia and Japan. We believe our distributors are well regarded by pediatric orthopedic surgeons in their respective markets. To support our international distribution organization, we have hired a number of regional market managers, whose product and clinical expertise deepens our relationships with both surgeons and our distributors. In the near term, we expect to selectively expand the number of international markets we serve, as well as to deepen our penetration of important existing markets such as Brazil and Germany. In 2017, we began to supplement our use of independent stocking distributors with direct sales programs in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand. We began selling direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. In these markets, we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission. We consign sets to hospitals, ship replacement products, bill and collect receivables. These new arrangements have generated an increase in revenue and gross margin. We plan to continue to make similar transitions in select international markets that we believe would benefit from a sales agency model. We have developed intensive training programs for our global sales organization. We expect our sales agencies and distributors to continue to deepen their knowledge of pediatric clinical conditions, surgical procedures and 18 | Annual Report 2021 18 our products, thus increasing their effectiveness. Our domestic and international sales representatives are usually present in the operating room during surgeries in which our products are used. We believe the clinical expertise of our global sales organization and their presence both in and out of the operating room will enable them to increase pediatric orthopedic surgeons’ confidence in using our products, deepen their relationships with existing customers and lead to the acquisition of new customers. Global Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeon Involvement, Education and Training We are dedicated to the cause of improving the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. We want pediatric orthopedic surgeons throughout the world to view us as their partner in advancing their field. Therefore, we utilize surgeon input when developing products and clinical education programs. These efforts are aided by our Medical Director, a highly respected former pediatric orthopedic surgeon. Our entire organization, including our senior executive team and sales representatives, maintains an extensive network of contacts with pediatric orthopedic surgeons. These relationships help us understand clinical needs, respond quickly to customer ideas and support new developments in the field of pediatric orthopedics. We are committed to advancing pediatric orthopedic care by supporting clinical education. We support local, regional and national educational courses, intensive hands-on training programs and product-based workshops that enable surgeons to practice surgical procedures using our products. In 2021, we conducted numerous training workshops focused on fellows and surgeons early in their careers. We are also a major sponsor of CME courses in pediatric spine and pediatric orthopedics. Annually, we sponsor the largest industry meetings including the Annual International Children's Spine Symposium, Annual Pediatric Orthopedic Surgical Techniques Course, Akron Pediatric Orthopedic Residents Review Course and the annual PediOrthoWest resident review program. We have a growing commitment to the clinical research performed by surgeons. This commitment ranges from providing our products for clinical outcome studies to providing advanced research grants. Cumulatively, we are one of the largest financial contributors to the five primary pediatric orthopedic surgical societies that conduct pediatric clinical education and research: the Pediatric Orthopaedic Society of North America, the International Pediatric Orthopaedic Symposium, the European Pediatric Orthopaedic Society, the American Academy for Cerebral Palsy and Developmental Medicine and the Pediatric Research in Sports Medicine Society. Additionally, we are a sponsor of the two major spine deformity organizations, the Scoliosis Research Society and the International Meeting on Advanced Spine Techniques. We are also the founding and leading sponsor of the Pediatric Research in Sports Medicine Society and have significantly increased our sponsorship of the Baltimore Limb Deformity Course. Our support of these organizations demonstrates our commitment to the clinical training and research these organizations sponsor. We believe this support enhances our reputation as the category leader in pediatric orthopedics. Additionally, during 2019, 2020 and 2021, we funded The Foundation for Advancing Pediatric Orthopaedics ("Foundation") as a 501(c)3 public charity. The Foundation is led by the Company's previous Chief Medical Officer and a board composed of eminent pediatric surgeons and other industry leaders. The Foundation channels OrthoPediatrics' clinical education funding together with contributions from the general public to support non- commercial education programs and clinical research. Manufacturing and Suppliers Our products are manufactured to our specifications by third-party suppliers who meet our manufacturer qualification standards. Our third-party manufacturers meet FDA and other country-specific quality standards, supported by our internal specifications and procedures. We believe these manufacturing relationships allow us to work with suppliers who have well-developed specialized competencies, minimize our capital investment, control costs and shorten cycle times, all of which we believe allow us to compete with larger volume manufacturers of orthopedic implants. We work closely with our suppliers with a goal of ensuring our inventory needs are met while maintaining high quality and reliability. All of our device contract manufacturers are required to be ISO 13485 certified and are registered establishments with the FDA. Our internal quality management group conducts comprehensive on-site inspection audits of our suppliers to ensure they meet FDA and other country-specific requirements, as necessary. In addition, we and our suppliers are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by U.S. and international regulatory authorities to ensure compliance with quality regulations. 19 Annual Report 2021 | 19   We maintain certain long-term contracts with our key suppliers. The majority of our suppliers do not require guaranteed minimum purchases. In most cases, we have redundant manufacturing capabilities for each of our products. To date, we have not experienced any difficulty obtaining the materials necessary to meet demand for our products, and we believe manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet global market demand for our products for the foreseeable future. Intellectual Property Our success depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary confidentiality and other contractual protections. We own numerous issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to our technology. As of December 31, 2021, we owned 36 issued U.S. patents and 82 issued foreign patents and we had 25 pending U.S. patent applications and 57 foreign patent applications. As of December 31, 2021, 8 of our U.S. issued patents have pending continuation or divisional applications in process which may provide additional intellectual property protection if issued as U.S. patents. Our issued U.S. patents expire between 2024 and 2039, subject to payment of required maintenance fees, annuities and other charges. As of December 31, 2021, we owned 14 U.S. trademark registrations and 3 pending U.S. trademark applications, as well as 25 registrations in other jurisdictions worldwide. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation, and may in the future rely upon licensing opportunities, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information. Competition The orthopedic industry is competitive, subject to rapid technological change and significantly affected by new product introductions and market activities of other participants. Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to competition. We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include: • • • • • • • • improved outcomes for medical conditions; acceptance by orthopedic surgeons; ease of use and reliability; acceptance by the patient community; product price; availability of implant-specific instrument sets; effective marketing and distribution; and speed to market. We have competitors in each of our three product categories, including the DePuy Synthes Companies (a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson), Medtronic plc, Smith & Nephew plc and Orthofix. We believe we have the broadest pediatric product offering across these categories relative to these competitors. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, are cost effective and are safe and effective. They also require a dedicated selling organization that is viewed by pediatric orthopedic surgeons as a consultative resource that can attend surgery. Human Capital and Community Support We believe that maintaining a sufficient number of skilled employees in all departments of our Company is a key focus of our human capital. We employ a number of strategies to best enable us to attract, retain, and 20 | Annual Report 2021 20 engage our employees. As of December 31, 2021, we employed 133 full-time employees, 23 of whom were engaged in research and development and 38 of whom were engaged in sales and marketing. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our employee relations to be good. We strive to provide an inclusive, diverse, and safe workplace, filled with opportunities for our employees to grow and develop. We believe that culture can be a company’s most powerful source of competitive advantage. Cultures are unique, cannot be reverse-engineered and are impossible to duplicate. We have established a corporate culture that is results-oriented and people-focused. It is built on the cause of improving the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. We believe our culture is bolstered not only by our compensation and benefits plans, but also by programs that support our local communities. This is demonstrated by both the Company's and its associates' regular participation in philanthropic causes. We recognize that building connections between our employees, their families, and the communities we serve creates a fulfilling and positive workplace. We also partner with organizations around the world that provide pediatric orthopedic care for the disadvantaged. Specifically, we have partnered with the World Pediatric Project, to whom we provide surgical products and treatment for children in developing countries, some of whom are flown to the United States for surgery. In 2020, we were named as "Corporate Partner of the Year" by the World Pediatric Project and we continued our support of this cause in 2021. We encourage you to review our Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") page under the "About" section of our corporate website for more detailed information regarding our ESG efforts and current initiatives, including a link to our Diversity & Inclusion Policy. Nothing on our website, including our Diversity & Inclusion Policy, shall be deemed part of or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Government Regulation Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our products are subject to regulation as medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ("FDCA"), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA. In addition to U.S. regulations, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA clearance or approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain marketing authorization or approval of our products under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside of the United States. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval. Regulation of Medical Devices in the United States Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a premarket notification ("510(k)") or premarket approval ("PMA"). Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes — Class I, Class II or Class III — depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the Quality System Regulation (QSR), facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA. 21 Annual Report 2021 | 21   These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. Our currently marketed products are Class I and exempted from premarket notification, or Class II devices subject to 510(k) clearance with the exception of the ApiFix Mid-C System which is an unclassified, approved device under the Humanitarian Device Exemption ("HDE") regulation. Approval under the HDE regulation is contingent upon the submission of periodic reports at intervals of one year (unless otherwise specified) from the date of approval of the original HDE (August 2019). The purpose of the HDE provision is to encourage the discovery and use of devices intended to benefit patients in the treatment and diagnosis of diseases or conditions that affect not more than 8,000 individuals in the United States per year. The FDA may grant an HDE, which is an exemption from the effectiveness requirements of sections 514 and 515 of the FDCA Act, if the FDA determines that the device meets certain criteria. After HDE approval, the medical device may only be used after Institutional Review Board ("IRB") approval has been obtained. Under FDA regulations, an IRB is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving human subjects. The purpose of IRB review is to assure, both in advance and by periodic review, that appropriate steps are taken to protect the rights, safety and welfare of humans participating as subjects in the research. 510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway Our Class II products are subject to 510(k) clearance under the FDCA. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a 510k submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device already on the market. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device). The FDA’s 510(k) review process usually takes from three to six months. The FDA may require additional information following their review. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device presented in the 510(k) submission, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to the predicate device, we may be required to fulfill more rigorous requirements, including those associated with the PMA process, to gain approval to commercialize. After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) submission. Minor modifications may be accomplished by a manufacturer documenting the change in an internal letter-to-file. The FDA can always review these letters to file during an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination on major versus minor modifications, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until additional actions are completed. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Post-Market Regulation Numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements apply to commercialized devices. These include: • • • establishment registration and device listing with the FDA; QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process; labeling and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, fairly balanced and provide adequate directions for use and that all claims are substantiated, and also 22 | Annual Report 2021 22 These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. Our currently marketed products are Class I and exempted from premarket notification, or Class II devices subject to 510(k) clearance with the exception of the ApiFix Mid-C System which is an unclassified, approved device under the Humanitarian Device Exemption ("HDE") regulation. Approval under the HDE regulation is contingent upon the submission of periodic reports at intervals of one year (unless otherwise specified) from the date of approval of the original HDE (August 2019). The purpose of the HDE provision is to encourage the discovery and use of devices intended to benefit patients in the treatment and diagnosis of diseases or conditions that affect not more than 8,000 individuals in the United States per year. The FDA may grant an HDE, which is an exemption from the effectiveness requirements of sections 514 and 515 of the FDCA Act, if the FDA determines that the device meets certain criteria. After HDE approval, the medical device may only be used after Institutional Review Board ("IRB") approval has been obtained. Under FDA regulations, an IRB is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving human subjects. The purpose of IRB review is to assure, both in advance and by periodic review, that appropriate steps are taken to protect the rights, safety and welfare of humans participating as subjects in the research. 510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway Our Class II products are subject to 510(k) clearance under the FDCA. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a 510k submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device already on the market. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device). The FDA’s 510(k) review process usually takes from three to six months. The FDA may require additional information following their review. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device presented in the 510(k) submission, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to the predicate device, we may be required to fulfill more rigorous requirements, including those associated with the PMA process, to gain approval to commercialize. After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) submission. Minor modifications may be accomplished by a manufacturer documenting the change in an internal letter-to-file. The FDA can always review these letters to file during an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination on major versus minor modifications, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until additional actions are completed. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Post-Market Regulation Numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements apply to commercialized devices. These include: • • • establishment registration and device listing with the FDA; QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process; labeling and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, fairly balanced and provide adequate directions for use and that all claims are substantiated, and also 22 prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; the federal Open Payments ("Sunshine") program and various state and foreign laws on reporting remunerative relationships with healthcare providers (HCPs); the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (and similar state laws) prohibiting, among other things, soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid; the federal False Claims Act (and similar state laws) prohibiting, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government or knowingly concealing, or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing, an obligation to pay or transmit money to the federal government. The government may assert that claim includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statute; clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices; medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, if the malfunction were to recur; correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health; complying with the new federal law and regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers (UDI) on devices and also requiring the submission of certain information about each device to the FDA’s Global Unique Device Identification Database (GUDID); the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. • • • • • • • • • Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods, facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of our products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls. Enforcement Powers The FDA has broad regulatory enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions: 23 Annual Report 2021 | 23   • • • • • • • warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products; operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products; withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; refusal to grant export or import approvals for our products; or criminal prosecution. Regulation of Medical Devices in the EEA All medical devices placed on the market in the EEA must meet the relevant essential requirements laid down in Annex I of Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, or the Medical Devices Directive ("MDD"). There is also a directive specifically addressing Active Implantable Medical Devices (Directive 90/385/EEC). The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performance intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured and packaged in a suitable manner. The European Commission has adopted various standards applicable to medical devices. These include standards governing common requirements, such as sterilization and safety of medical electrical equipment, and product standards for certain types of medical devices. There are also harmonized standards relating to design and manufacture. While not mandatory, compliance with these standards is viewed as benchmarks to satisfy the essential requirements. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements laid down in Annex I to the MDD, medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Conformity assessment procedures require an assessment of available clinical evidence, literature data for the product and post-market experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can self-declare the conformity of its products with the essential requirements (except for any parts which relate to sterility or metrology), a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a notified body. Notified bodies are separate entities from government that are authorized by government authorities to perform conformity assessments. The notified body also audits and examines a product’s technical dossiers and the manufacturers’ quality system. If satisfied that the assessed devices conform to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE Mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the EEA. Once the product has been placed on the market in the EEA, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device. In order to demonstrate safety and performance for their medical devices, manufacturers must evaluate applicable clinical data in accordance with the requirements of Annex X to the MDD and applicable European and International Organization for Standardization standards, as implemented or adopted in the EEA member states. Clinical data may be in the form of relevant scientific literature of an equivalent device, clinical investigations of the device, or both. Clinical investigations for medical devices usually require the approval of an ethics review board and approval by or notification to the national regulatory authorities. Both regulators and ethics committees also require the submission of serious adverse event reports during a study and may request a copy of the final study report. The Medical Devices Regulation ("MDR") entered into force in May 2017 and, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, was postponed from its original application date of May 2020 to May 2021. The MDR imposes significant additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of all medical devices, imposes an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a “qualified person” responsible for regulatory compliance, and provides for more strict 24 | Annual Report 2021 24 clinical evidence requirements. Our Class I devices are now regulated under the MDR and eventually all other device classifications will be regulated under the MDR, thereby replacing the MDD as the paradigm for conformity assessments described above. The MDR includes further controls and requirements on the following activities: • • • • • • high level of request for premarket clinical evidence for high risk devices; increased scrutiny of technical files for implantable devices; monitoring of notified bodies, by independent auditors; increased requirements regarding vigilance and product traceability (specifically related to labeling requirements); increased regulation for non-traditional roles such as importer and distributor; and Post-Market Clinical Follow-up that requires significantly greater clinical data specific to our devices, which leads to greater costs for collecting such data than under the MDD. Regulations in the United Kingdom Effective January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, or the UK, withdrew from the European Union, or EU. New regulations specific to the UK went into effect beginning January 1, 2021 with a transitional period through June 30, 2023. These regulations may impact our ability to sell our products in the UK. During the transition period, devices with CE Markings may continue to be sold within the UK. Devices sold in Northern Ireland will be required to keep the CE Marking after the transition period ends. In order to comply with the new regulations and continue selling medical devices in the UK following the transition period, the Company must appoint a UK Responsible Person and register the medical devices with the UK's Medicines and Healthcare product Regulatory Agency, or MHRA. A new conformity assessment must be completed by a UK Approved Body, or UKAB. The UKAB will audit and examine a product’s technical dossiers and the manufacturers’ quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the UKAB issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the UKCA Mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the UK. Once the product has been placed on the market in the UK, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device. Regulation of Medical Devices in Other Foreign Countries We are subject to regulations and product registration requirements in many foreign countries in which we may sell our products, including in the areas of: • • • • • • • • design, development, manufacturing and testing; product standards; product safety; product safety reporting; marketing, sales and distribution; packaging and storage requirements; labeling requirements; content and language of instructions for use; 25 Annual Report 2021 | 25   • • • • • • • • • clinical trials; record keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; import and export restrictions; tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements; registration for reimbursement; and necessity of testing performed in country by distributors for licensees. Healthcare Regulations Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse and Physician Payment Transparency Laws In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing and promotion of drugs and devices, other federal and state laws restrict our business practices. These laws include, without limitation, foreign, federal, and state anti-kickback and false claims laws, as well as transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including stock, stock options, and the compensation derived through ownership interests. Recognizing that the federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, the DHHS issued regulations in July 1991, which the Department has referred to as “safe harbors.” These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions which, if met in form and substance, will assure medical device manufacturers, HCPs and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Additional safe harbor provisions providing similar protections have been published intermittently since 1991. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act (described below). Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in imprisonment, exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, as well as civil and criminal penalties, including criminal fines. Civil penalties for such conduct can further be assessed under the federal False Claims Act, including penalties of 26 | Annual Report 2021 26 clinical trials; record keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field corrective actions; • • • • • • • • • post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; import and export restrictions; tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements; registration for reimbursement; and necessity of testing performed in country by distributors for licensees. Healthcare Regulations Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse and Physician Payment Transparency Laws In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing and promotion of drugs and devices, other federal and state laws restrict our business practices. These laws include, without limitation, foreign, federal, and state anti-kickback and false claims laws, as well as transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including stock, stock options, and the compensation derived through ownership interests. Recognizing that the federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, the DHHS issued regulations in July 1991, which the Department has referred to as “safe harbors.” These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions which, if met in form and substance, will assure medical device manufacturers, HCPs and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Additional safe harbor provisions providing similar protections have been published intermittently since 1991. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act (described below). Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in imprisonment, exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, as well as civil and criminal penalties, including criminal fines. Civil penalties for such conduct can further be assessed under the federal False Claims Act, including penalties of up to three times the amounts paid for such claims. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of these safe harbor provisions may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities. The majority of states also have anti-kickback laws which establish similar prohibitions and in some cases may apply more broadly to items or services covered by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers and self-pay patients. The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval to the federal government or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. The federal civil False Claims Act also applies to false submissions that cause the government to be paid less than the amount to which it is entitled, such as a rebate. Intent to deceive is not required to establish liability under the civil federal civil False Claims Act. In addition, private parties may initiate “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits against any person or entity under the federal civil False Claims Act in the name of the government and share in the proceeds of the lawsuit. Penalties for federal civil False Claim Act violations include fines for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government and, most critically, may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare program. On May 20, 2009, the Fraud Enforcement Recovery Act of 2009, or FERA, was enacted, which modifies and clarifies certain provisions of the federal civil False Claims Act. In part, the FERA amends the federal civil False Claims Act such that penalties may now apply to any person, including an organization that does not contract directly with the government, who knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim paid in part by the federal government. The government may further prosecute conduct constituting a false claim under the federal criminal False Claims Act. The criminal False Claims Act prohibits the making or presenting of a claim to the government knowing such claim to be false, fictitious or fraudulent and, unlike the federal civil False Claims Act, requires proof of intent to submit a false claim. The Civil Monetary Penalty Act of 1981 imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent, or offering or transferring remuneration to a federal healthcare beneficiary that a person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s decision to order or receive items or services reimbursable by the government from a particular provider or supplier. HIPAA also created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third- party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Many foreign countries have similar laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse. Foreign laws and regulations may vary greatly from country to country. For example, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to EU Directives concerning misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals. Also, many U.S. states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. Additionally, there has been a recent trend of increased foreign, federal, and state regulation of payments and transfers of value provided to healthcare professionals or entities. The federal Open Payment ("Sunshine") program imposes annual reporting requirements on certain drug, biologics, medical supplies and device manufacturers for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or CHIP for payments and other transfers of value provided by them, directly or indirectly, to physicians (including physician family members) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. 26 27 Annual Report 2021 | 27   A manufacturer’s failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties. Manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each calendar year. Certain foreign countries and U.S. states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and require tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to healthcare professionals and entities. Data Privacy and Security Laws We may also become subject to various federal, state and foreign laws that protect the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of patient health information by healthcare providers, such as HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, in the United States. Under HIPAA, the DHHS has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by covered entities including certain healthcare providers and their business associates. HIPAA also regulates standardization of data content, codes and formats used in healthcare transactions and standardization of identifiers for health plans and providers. HIPAA violations carry civil and criminal penalties, and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties. State attorneys general can also bring a civil action to enjoin a HIPAA violation or to obtain statutory damages on behalf of residents of his or her state. In the European Union, we may be subject to laws relating to our collection, control, processing and other use of personal data (i.e. data relating to an identifiable living individual). We process personal data in relation to our operations. We process data of both our employees and our customers, including health and medical information. The data privacy regime in the EU includes the EU Data Protection Directive (95/46/EC) regarding the processing of personal data and the free movement of such data, the E-Privacy Directive 2002/58/EC and national laws implementing each of them. Each EU Member State has transposed the requirements laid down by the Data Protection Directive and E-Privacy Directive into its own national data privacy regime and therefore the laws may differ significantly by jurisdiction. We need to ensure compliance with the rules in each jurisdiction where we are established or are otherwise subject to local privacy laws. The requirements include that personal data may only be collected for specified, explicit and legitimate purposes based on a legal grounds set out in the local laws, and may only be processed in a manner consistent with those purposes. Personal data must also be adequate, relevant, not excessive in relation to the purposes for which it is collected, be secure, not be transferred outside of the EEA unless certain steps are taken to ensure an adequate level of protection and must not be kept for longer than necessary for the purposes of collection. To the extent that we process, control or otherwise use sensitive data relating to living individuals (for example, patients’ health or medical information), more stringent rules apply, limiting the circumstances and the manner in which we are legally permitted to process that data and transfer that data outside of the EEA. In particular, in order to process such data, explicit consent to the processing (including any transfer) is usually required from the data subject (being the person to whom the personal data relates). We are subject to the supervision of local data protection authorities in those jurisdictions where we are established or otherwise subject to applicable law. Local laws are amended from time to time, and guidance is issued frequently by regulators. Any changes in law and new guidance may impact, and require changes to, our current operations. Additionally, on January 25, 2012, the European Commission published its draft EU General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR"). On March 12, 2014, the European Parliament formally passed a revised proposal of the Regulation, and the Council of the European Union published its general approach on June 15, 2015. Trilogue discussion between the European Commission, European Parliament and Council of the European Union have concluded and the GDPR came into force May 25, 2018. The Regulation implements significant changes to the EU data protection regime. Unlike the E-Privacy and Data Protection Directives, the Regulation has direct effect in each EU Member State, without the need for further enactment. The Regulation strengthened individuals’ rights and imposed stricter requirements on companies processing personal data, and increases financial penalties for non-compliance. Healthcare Reform The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products 28 | Annual Report 2021 28 profitably. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the procedures associated with the use of our products. The cost containment measures that payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could impact our revenue from the sale of our products. The implementation of the Affordable Care Act in the United States, for example, has changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers substantially, and affected medical device manufacturers significantly. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices (which was permanently repealed December 20, 2019), provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research, and implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models. Additionally, the Affordable Care Act has expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs and created a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, Congressional and executive branch challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the Affordable Care Act in the future. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, it has enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the Affordable Care Act such as removing or delaying penalties, starting January 1, 2019, for not complying with the Affordable Care Act’s individual mandate to carry health insurance and delaying the implementation of certain Affordable Care Act-mandated fees. In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to providers by 2% per fiscal year, effective on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030 unless additional Congressional action is taken. However, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, which was signed into law in March 2020 and is designed to provide financial support and resources to individuals and businesses affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, suspended the 2% Medicare sequester from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, and extended the sequester by one year, through 2030. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, signed into law on December 27, 2020, extended the suspension period to March 31, 2021. In April 2021 it was suspended again through December 31, 2021. Additionally, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 repealed the formula by which Medicare made annual payment adjustments to physicians and replaced the former formula with fixed annual updates and a new system of incentive payments beginning January 1, 2020 that are based on various performance measures and physicians’ participation in alternative payment models, such as accountable care organizations. We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure. Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws Our U.S. operations are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or FCPA. We are required to comply with the FCPA, which generally prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other benefits. In addition, the FCPA imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded U.S. corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. We also are subject to similar anticorruption legislation implemented in Europe under the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. Coverage and Reimbursement 29 Annual Report 2021 | 29   In the United States, our currently approved products are commonly treated as general supplies utilized in orthopedic surgery and if covered by third-party payors, are paid for as part of the surgical procedure. Outside of the United States, there are many reimbursement programs through private payors as well as government programs. In some countries, government reimbursement is the predominant program available to patients and hospitals. Our commercial success depends in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors provide coverage for and establish adequate reimbursement levels for the procedures during which our products are used. Failure by physicians, hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers and other users of our products to obtain sufficient coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures in which our products are used, or adverse changes in government and private third-party payors’ coverage and reimbursement policies. Based on our experience to date, third-party payors generally reimburse for the surgical procedures in which our products are used only if the patient meets the established medical necessity criteria for surgery. Some payors are moving toward a managed care system and control their healthcare costs by limiting authorizations for surgical procedures, including elective procedures using our devices. Although no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among payors in the United States exists and coverage and reimbursement for procedures can differ significantly from payor to payor, reimbursement decisions by particular third-party payors may depend upon a number of factors, including the payor’s determination that use of a product is: • • • • a covered benefit under its health plan; appropriate and medically necessary for the specific indication; cost effective; and neither experimental nor investigational. Third-party payors are increasingly auditing and challenging the prices charged for medical products and services with concern for upcoding, miscoding, using inappropriate modifiers, or billing for inappropriate care settings. Some third-party payors must approve coverage for new or innovative devices or procedures before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use the products or therapies. Even though a new product may have been cleared for commercial distribution by the FDA, we may find limited demand for the product unless and until reimbursement approval has been obtained from governmental and private third-party payors. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS") is responsible for administering the Medicare program and sets coverage and reimbursement policies for the Medicare program in the United States. The CMS, in partnership with state governments, also administers the Medicaid program and CHIP. CMS policies may alter coverage and payment related to our product portfolio in the future. These changes may occur as the result of national coverage determinations issued by CMS or as the result of local coverage determinations by contractors under contract with CMS to review and make coverage and payment decisions. Medicaid programs are funded by both federal and state governments, and may vary from state to state and from year to year and will likely play an even larger role in healthcare funding pursuant to the Affordable Care Act. A key component in ensuring whether the appropriate payment amount is received for physician and other services, including those procedures using our products, is the existence of a Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, code, to describe the procedure in which the product is used. To receive payment, healthcare practitioners must submit claims to insurers using these codes for payment for medical services. CPT codes are assigned, maintained and annually updated by the American Medical Association and its CPT Editorial Board. If the CPT codes that apply to the procedures performed using our products are changed or deleted, reimbursement for performances of these procedures may be adversely affected. In the United States, some insured individuals enroll in managed care programs, which monitor and often require pre-approval of the services that a member will receive. Some managed care programs pay their providers on a per capita (patient) basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for the services provided to their patients by paying these providers a predetermined payment per member per month and, consequently, may limit the willingness of these providers to use our products. 30 | Annual Report 2021 30 We believe the overall escalating cost of medical products and services being paid for by the government and private health insurance has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare and medical device industry to reduce the costs of products and services. All third-party reimbursement programs are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, requiring second opinions prior to major surgery, careful review of bills, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and other preventative services and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines and procedures. There can be no assurance that procedures using our products will be covered for a specific indication, that our products will be considered cost-effective by third party payors, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that the third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably. More and more, local, product specific reimbursement law is applied as an overlay to medical device regulation, which has provided an additional layer of clearance requirement. Specifically, Australia now requires clinical data for clearance and reimbursement be in the form of prospective, multi-center studies, a high bar not previously applied. In addition, in France, certain innovative devices have been identified as needing to provide clinical evidence to support a “mark-specific” reimbursement. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage and reimbursement approval in countries where it makes economic sense to do so. In addition to uncertainties surrounding coverage policies, there are periodic changes to reimbursement levels. Third-party payors regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes routine updates to payments to physicians, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers for procedures during which our products are used. These updates could directly impact the demand for our products. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Our business is subject to many risks. This section includes a discussion of important factors that could affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the trading price of our common stock. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as our other publicly available filings with the SEC. Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and measures intended to prevent its spread have adversely impacted our business and financial results, including carrying extra inventory to reduce the risk, and the continued impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the severity and duration of the pandemic and further actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties to contain and treat the virus. The outbreak of COVID-19 was first identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019, and subsequently declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization. On March 12, 2020, the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 outbreak in the United States a national emergency. The pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted global supply chains, and created significant volatility in the financial markets. As a result of the pandemic, we have experienced significant business disruption, particularly in fiscal year 2020, and this adverse impact may continue. In order to meet the demand for COVID-19-related hospitalizations, various governments, governmental agencies and hospital administrators required certain hospitals to postpone certain elective procedures. Additionally, as COVID-19 continues to disrupt the global economy, staffing shortages in hospitals has become prevalent. These staffing shortages may also require certain hospitals to postpone some elective procedures. As a majority of our products are utilized in elective surgeries or procedures, the deferrals of such surgeries and procedures have had, and may continue to have, a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations. In 2021, a vaccine was available to the general public. Although vaccines have proven to be effective in mitigating the risks of COVID-19, there is no guarantee that the vaccines will continue to be effective against all variants. 31 Annual Report 2021 | 31   Additionally, vaccination shots are not approved for younger children at this time. This could increase the impact that COVID-19 has on children's hospitals. The COVID-19 outbreak has also resulted in governmental authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place or total lock-down orders, social distancing requirements and business limitations and shutdowns. While these measures have negatively impacted the ability of our sales professionals to reach physicians, such measures have not yet had any significant impacts on our product supply chain. However, any negative impacts on the production and delivery of our products in the future may result in a decline in sales, an increase in accounts receivable reserves, lower gross margins, and greater challenges in forecasting business results and making business decisions. Future actions taken by governmental authorities, including vaccination mandates if enacted, could cause disruption to our employees, our selling organization, and may further delay non-elective surgeries in an already understaffed children's hospital. The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, the economies and financial markets of many countries, which may result in a period of regional, national or global economic slowdown or regional, national or global recessions. The extent to which the pandemic continues to impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and continued spread of the outbreak, including the resurgence of the virus or emergence of new variants, its severity, actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties to contain and treat the virus, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. Moreover, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may heighten many of the other risks identified within this Annual Report for year ended December 31, 2021. Depending on the continued severity and ultimate duration of COVID-19, the negative effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition could be material. We have incurred losses in the past and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. We incurred net losses in all fiscal years since inception. We incurred net losses of $16.3 million, $32.9 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As a result of ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $178.0 million. We expect to continue to incur significant product development, clinical and regulatory, sales and marketing and other expenses. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and sustain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our common stock. We may be unable to generate sufficient revenue from the commercialization of our products and services to achieve profitability. At present, we rely solely on the commercialization of our products and services to generate revenue, and we expect to generate substantially all of our revenue in the foreseeable future from sales of these products and services. In order to successfully commercialize our products and services, we will need to continue to expand our marketing efforts to develop new relationships and expand existing relationships with customers, to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our products in additional countries, to achieve and maintain compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements and to develop and commercialize our products and services with new features or for additional indications. If we fail to successfully commercialize our products or services, we may never receive a return on the substantial investments in product development, sales and marketing, regulatory compliance, manufacturing and quality assurance we have made, as well as further investments we intend to make, which may cause us to fail to generate revenue and gain economies of scale from such investments. In addition, potential customers may decide not to purchase our products or services, or our customers may decide to cancel orders due to changes in treatment offerings, research and development plans, adverse clinical outcomes, difficulties in obtaining coverage or reimbursement for procedures using our products, difficulties obtaining approval from a hospital, complications with manufacturing or the utilization of technology developed by other parties, all of which are circumstances outside of our control. In addition, demand for our products or services may not increase as quickly as we predict, and we may be unable to increase our revenue levels as we expect. Even if we succeed in increasing adoption of these systems 32 | Annual Report 2021 32 by physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers, maintaining and creating relationships with our existing and new customers and developing and commercializing new features or indications for these systems, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to achieve profitability. We may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing commercial operations, develop and commercialize new products and expand our operations. Based on our current business plan, we believe our current cash, borrowing capacity under our loan agreements, cash receipts from sales of our products and net proceeds from our June 2020, December 2019 and December 2018 follow-on offerings of common stock will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. If our available cash balances, borrowing capacity, net proceeds from prior stock offerings and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including because of lower demand for our products as a result of the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we may seek to sell common or preferred equity or convertible debt securities, enter into an additional credit facility or another form of third-party funding or seek other debt financing. We may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including to: • • • • • • increase our sales and marketing efforts to increase market adoption of our products and address competitive developments; provide for supply and inventory costs associated with plans to accommodate potential increases in demand for our products; fund development and marketing efforts of any future products or additional features to then- current products; acquire, license or invest in new technologies; acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses. Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including: • • • • • • • • our ability to achieve revenue growth and improve gross margins; our rate of progress in establishing coverage and reimbursement arrangements with domestic and international commercial third-party payors and government payors; the cost of expanding our operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts; our rate of progress in, and cost of the sales and marketing activities associated with, establishing adoption of our products; the cost of research and development activities; the effect of competing technological and market developments; costs related to international expansion; and the potential cost of and delays in product development as a result of any regulatory oversight applicable to our products. Additional capital may not be available at such times or in amounts as needed by us. Even if capital is available, it might be available only on unfavorable terms. Any additional equity or convertible debt financing into which we enter could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose covenants upon us that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or 33 Annual Report 2021 | 33   asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If access to sufficient capital is not available as and when needed, our business will be materially impaired and we may be required to cease operations, curtail one or more product development or commercialization programs, or we may be required to significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors or liquidate all our assets. Our sales volumes and our results of operations may fluctuate over the course of the year. We have experienced and continue to experience meaningful variability in our sales and gross profit among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of a number of factors, which may include, among other things: • • • • • • • • • • the number of products sold in the quarter; the unpredictability of sales of full sets of implants and instruments to our international distributors; the demand for, and pricing of, our products and the products of our competitors; the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our products; the costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions; increased competition; the availability and cost of components and materials; the number of selling days in the quarter; fluctuation and foreign currency exchange rates; or impairment and other special charges. Our loan and security agreement with Squadron Capital LLC contains covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities. On December 31, 2017, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security agreement with Squadron Capital LLC ("Squadron"), which was further amended in May 2019 and August 2020, and again effective as of December 31, 2021 (as amended, the "Third Amended Loan Agreement"). The Third Amended Loan Agreement currently provides for a $25.0 million revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2021, we have no outstanding indebtedness under the Third Amended Loan Agreement. The Third Amended Loan Agreement restricts our ability to, among other things: • • • • • • dispose of or sell our assets; modify our organizational documents; merge with or acquire other entities or assets; incur additional indebtedness; create liens on our assets; pay dividends; and 34 | Annual Report 2021 34 • make investments. The covenants in the Third Amended Loan Agreement, as well as any future financing agreements into which we may enter, may restrict our ability to finance our operations and engage in, expand or otherwise pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and future breaches of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Third Amended Loan Agreement. If not waived, future defaults could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Second Amended Loan Agreement to become immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Indebtedness — Loan Agreement.” If we do not have or are unable to generate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either upon maturity or in the event of a default, we may be unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all, which may negatively impact our ability to operate and continue our business as a going concern. Our effective tax rate may fluctuate, and we may incur obligations in tax jurisdictions in excess of accrued amounts. We are subject to taxation in numerous U.S. states and territories, as well as certain countries outside the U.S. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various tax jurisdictions that we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the amount of tax that will become payable in each of such places. Nevertheless, our effective tax rate may be different than experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including passage of the newly enacted U.S. federal income tax law, changes in the mix of our profitability from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, the results of examinations and audits of our tax filings, our inability to secure or sustain acceptable agreements with tax authorities, changes in accounting for income taxes and changes in tax laws. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations and may result in tax obligations in excess of amounts accrued in our financial statements. Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations. As of December 31, 2021, we had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $114.0 million, $74.0 million and $22.7 million, respectively. The federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire, if not utilized, beginning in 2028. The deferred tax assets, except for those recorded in Israel, were fully offset by a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and no income tax benefit has been recognized in continuing operations. Under federal income tax law, federal net operating losses incurred in years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely; but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses is limited. Each state and foreign jurisdiction has its own net operating loss carryforward and carryback rules with varying conformity to the newly enacted federal tax law. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We determined that an ownership change occurred on May 30, 2014, resulting in a limitation of approximately $1.1 million per year being imposed on the use of our pre-change NOLs of approximately $45.2 million. A second ownership change occurred on December 11, 2018. The estimated annual limitation is $9.7 million, which is increased by $22.4 million over the first five years as a result of an unrealized built in gain. It is possible that we have experienced other ownership changes. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations. Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy Our long-term growth depends on our ability to commercialize our products in development and to develop and commercialize additional products through our research and development efforts, and if we fail to do so we may be unable to compete effectively. 35 Annual Report 2021 | 35   In order to increase our market share in the pediatric orthopedic markets, we must successfully commercialize our current products in development, enhance our existing product offerings and introduce new products in response to changing customer demands and competitive pressures and technologies. Our industry is characterized by intense competition, rapid technological changes, new product introductions and enhancements and evolving industry standards. Our business prospects depend in part on our ability to develop and commercialize new products and applications for our technology, including in new markets that develop as a result of technological and scientific advances, while improving the performance and cost- effectiveness of our products. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than our products. It is important that we anticipate changes in technology and market demand, as well as physician, hospital and healthcare provider practices to successfully develop, obtain clearance or approval, if required, and successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. We might be unable to successfully commercialize our current products with domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals or develop or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals to market new products. Additionally, these products and any future products might not be accepted by the orthopedic surgeons or the third-party payors who reimburse for the procedures performed with our products or may not be successfully commercialized due to other factors. The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to: • • • • • properly identify and anticipate clinician and patient needs; develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner; adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties; demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements. If we do not develop and obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology, material or other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new generations of our products successfully, these enhancements or new generations of products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features. Nevertheless, we must carefully manage our introduction of new products. If potential customers believe such products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such products are available. We may also have excess or obsolete inventory as we transition to new products, and we have no experience in managing product transitions. If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of physicians or patients, then our brand and reputation could suffer and our business could be adversely impacted. In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues that may arise with our products, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products. Furthermore, a malfunction by one of our products may not be detected for an extended period of time, which may result in delay or failure to remedy the condition for which the product was prescribed. Although we have established internal procedures to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues, we may be unable to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. 36 | Annual Report 2021 36 We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow. Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we develop and commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. The industry in which we operate is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are safer, less invasive and more effective than competing products and treatments. Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products. We have competitors in each of our three product categories, including the DePuy Synthes Companies (a subsidiary of Johnson and Johnson), Medtronic plc and Smith & Nephew plc. At any time, these and other potential market entrants may develop new devices or treatment alternatives that may render our products obsolete or uncompetitive. In addition, they may gain a market advantage by developing and patenting competitive products or processes earlier than we can or by obtaining regulatory clearances or market registrations more rapidly than we can. Many of our current and potential competitors have substantially greater sales and financial resources than we do. In addition, these companies may have more established distribution networks, entrenched relationships with orthopedic surgeons and greater experience in launching, marketing, distributing and selling products. In addition, new market participants continue to enter the orthopedic industry. Many of these new competitors specialize in a specific product or focus on a particular market sector, making it more difficult for us to increase our overall market position. The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are or claim to be superior to our products or that are alternatives to our existing or planned products may also create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competing products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing in the orthopedic surgery market generally. We also face a particular challenge of overcoming the long-standing practices by some orthopedic surgeons of using the products of our larger, more established competitors. Orthopedic surgeons who have completed many successful, complex surgeries using the products made by these competitors may be disinclined to adopt new products with which they are less familiar. Further, orthopedic surgeons may choose to use the products of our larger, more established competitors because of their broad and comprehensive adult orthopedic offerings. If these orthopedic surgeons do not adopt our products, then our revenue growth may slow or decline and our stock price may decline. Our competitors may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products. We also compete with our competitors in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business. In addition, we compete with our competitors to engage the services of independent sales agencies and distributors, both those presently working with us and those with whom we hope to work as we expand. We provide implant and instrument sets for the majority of surgeries performed using our products, and maintaining sufficient levels of inventory could consume a significant amount of our resources, reduce our cash flows and lead to inventory impairment charges. We are required to maintain significant levels of implant and instrument sets for consignment to our customers. The amount of this investment is driven by the number of orthopedic surgeons or hospitals using our products, and as the number of different orthopedic surgeons and hospitals that use our products increases, the number of implant and instrument sets required to meet this demand will increase. Because we do not have the sales volume of some larger companies, we may be unable to utilize our instrument sets as often and our return on assets may be lower when compared to such companies. In addition, because fewer than all of the components of each set are used in a typical surgery, certain portions of the set may become obsolete before they can be used. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, the resulting costs 37 Annual Report 2021 | 37   associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows. In addition, as we introduce new products, new implant and instrument sets may be required, with a significant initial investment required to accommodate the launch of the product. The provision of loaned instrument sets to our customers may implicate certain federal and state fraud and abuse laws. In the United States, we typically loan instrument sets for each surgery performed using our products at no additional charge to the customer. The provision of these instruments at no charge to our customers may implicate certain federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Because the provision of loaned instrument sets may result in a benefit to our customers, the government could view this practice as a prohibited transfer of value intended to induce customers to purchase our products that are used in procedures reimbursed by a federal healthcare program. For further discussion of these laws, see “Risks Related to Regulatory Matters." We are subject to certain federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and health information privacy and security laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business. We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties or other strategic alliances, and the failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense. Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, technologies and market pressures. Accordingly, from time to time we may consider opportunities to acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses and other alliances involve numerous risks, including: • • • • • • • • • difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products or business operations; issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies; unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill; diversion of management’s attention from our core business and disruption of ongoing operations; adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers; risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; potential losses related to investments in other companies; potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and increased legal and accounting compliance costs. We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to successfully grow through strategic transactions depends 38 | Annual Report 2021 38 upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses, technologies or products and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures, languages and legal and regulatory environments, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. To finance any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may be unable to consummate any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances using our stock as consideration. As discussed above, acquisitions of, or investments in, new or complementary businesses, products or technologies are inherently risky. We cannot guarantee that any acquisition or investment will be successful or will not have a material unfavorable impact on us. We also cannot be certain that the businesses, products or technologies we acquire or invest in will become or remain profitable. We may be unable to gain the support of leading hospitals and key opinion leaders, which may make it difficult to establish our products as a standard of care and achieve market acceptance. Our strategy includes educating leading hospitals and key opinion leaders in the industry. If these hospitals and key opinion leaders determine that alternative technologies are more effective or that the benefits offered by our products are not sufficient to justify their higher cost, or if we encounter difficulty promoting adoption or establishing these systems as a standard of care, our ability to achieve market acceptance of the products we introduce could be significantly limited. We may be unable to maintain adequate working relationships with healthcare professionals. We seek to maintain close working relationships with respected orthopedic surgeons and medical personnel in hospitals and other healthcare organizations who assist in product research and development. We rely on these professionals to assist us in the development and improvement of our proprietary products. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our access to these professionals has been limited as hospitals have restricted access for non-patients, including our research and development specialists and other employees, and governmental authorities have imposed travel restrictions, shutdowns or similar measures, which has adversely affected our ability to develop, market and sell products. If we are unable to maintain these relationships, our ability to develop, market and sell new and improved products could be further adversely affected. We may be unable to successfully demonstrate to orthopedic surgeons the merits of our products compared to those of our competitors. Orthopedic surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type of products that will be used to treat a patient. As a result, our success depends, in large part, on our ability to effectively market to them and demonstrate to orthopedic surgeons the merits of our products compared to those of our competitors for use in treating patients. Acceptance of our products depends on educating orthopedic surgeons as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived clinical benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products as compared to our competitors’ products, and on training orthopedic surgeons in the proper use of our products. If we are not successful in convincing orthopedic surgeons of the merits of our products or educating them on the use of our products, they may not use our products or use them effectively and we may be unable to increase our sales, sustain our growth or achieve and sustain profitability. Furthermore, we believe many orthopedic surgeons may be hesitant to adopt our products unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that our products provide benefits or are attractive alternatives to our competitors’ products. Orthopedic surgeons may be hesitant to change their surgical treatment practices for the following reasons, among others: • • lack of experience with our products; existing relationships with competitors and sales distributors that sell competitive products; 39 Annual Report 2021 | 39   • • • • • lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits; perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures; less attractive availability of coverage and reimbursement within healthcare payment systems compared to procedures using other products and techniques; costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and the time commitment that may be required for training. In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential orthopedic surgeons are essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from such orthopedic surgeons or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our products, orthopedic surgeons may not use our products. In such circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales, growth or profitability. If orthopedic surgeons fail to safely and appropriately use our products, or if we are unable to train orthopedic surgeons on the safe and appropriate use of our products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth. An important part of our sales process includes the ability to screen for and identify orthopedic surgeons who have the requisite training and experience to safely and appropriately use our products. If orthopedic surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may also result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us. If we are unable to successfully identify orthopedic surgeon customers who will be able to successfully deploy our products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth. There is a learning process involved for orthopedic surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts with respect to future products to train a sufficient number of orthopedic surgeons and to provide them with adequate instruction in the use of our products. This training process may take longer than expected and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Convincing orthopedic surgeons to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we may not be successful in these efforts. Although we believe our interactions with orthopedic surgeons are conducted in compliance with FDA, federal and state fraud and abuse and other applicable laws and regulations developed both nationally and in foreign countries, if the FDA or other competent authority determines that any of our activities constitute promotion of an unapproved use or promotion of an intended purpose not covered by FDA approved labeling or the current European Union product certification, or CE Mark, affixed to our product, they could request that we modify our activities, issue corrective advertising or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalty. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations. We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early stage companies in new and evolving markets. We began operations in 2007. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects. In assessing our prospects, you must consider the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by early stage companies in new and evolving markets. These risks include our ability to: • • manage rapidly changing and expanding operations; establish and increase awareness of our brand and strengthen customer loyalty; 40 | Annual Report 2021 40 • • • • • lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits; perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures; less attractive availability of coverage and reimbursement within healthcare payment systems compared to procedures using other products and techniques; costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and the time commitment that may be required for training. In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential orthopedic surgeons are essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from such orthopedic surgeons or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our products, orthopedic surgeons may not use our products. In such circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales, growth or profitability. If orthopedic surgeons fail to safely and appropriately use our products, or if we are unable to train orthopedic surgeons on the safe and appropriate use of our products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth. An important part of our sales process includes the ability to screen for and identify orthopedic surgeons who have the requisite training and experience to safely and appropriately use our products. If orthopedic surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may also result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us. If we are unable to successfully identify orthopedic surgeon customers who will be able to successfully deploy our products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth. There is a learning process involved for orthopedic surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts with respect to future products to train a sufficient number of orthopedic surgeons and to provide them with adequate instruction in the use of our products. This training process may take longer than expected and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Convincing orthopedic surgeons to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we may not be successful in these efforts. Although we believe our interactions with orthopedic surgeons are conducted in compliance with FDA, federal and state fraud and abuse and other applicable laws and regulations developed both nationally and in foreign countries, if the FDA or other competent authority determines that any of our activities constitute promotion of an unapproved use or promotion of an intended purpose not covered by FDA approved labeling or the current European Union product certification, or CE Mark, affixed to our product, they could request that we modify our activities, issue corrective advertising or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalty. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations. We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early stage companies in new and evolving markets. We began operations in 2007. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects. In assessing our prospects, you must consider the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by early stage companies in new and evolving markets. These risks include our ability to: • • manage rapidly changing and expanding operations; establish and increase awareness of our brand and strengthen customer loyalty; • • • • • • • increase the number of our independent sales agencies and international distributors to expand sales of our products in the United States and in targeted international markets; implement and successfully execute our business and marketing strategy; respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments; continue to develop and enhance our products and products in development; obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize new products and enhance our existing products; expand our presence in existing and commence operations in new international markets; and attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations in that our revenue is typically higher in the summer months and holiday periods, driven by higher sales of our scoliosis and trauma and deformity products, which is influenced by the higher incidence of pediatric surgeries during these periods due to recovery time provided by breaks in the school year. Additionally, our scoliosis patients tend to have additional health challenges that make scheduling their procedures variable in nature. As a result of these factors, our financial results for any single quarter or for periods of less than a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year. If we are unable to convince hospital facilities to approve the use of our products, our sales may decrease. In the United States, in order for orthopedic surgeons to use our devices, the hospital facilities where these orthopedic surgeons treat patients will typically require us to obtain approval from the facility’s value analysis committee, or VAC. VACs typically review the comparative effectiveness and cost of medical devices used in the facility. The makeup and evaluation processes for VACs vary considerably, and it can be a lengthy, costly and time-consuming effort to obtain approval by the relevant VAC. For example, even if we have an agreement with a hospital system for the purchase of our products, in most cases, we must obtain VAC approval by each hospital within the system to sell at that particular hospital. Additionally, hospitals typically require separate VAC approval for each specialty in which our products are used, which may result in multiple VAC approval processes within the same hospital even if such product has already been approved for use by a different specialty group. We may need VAC approval for each different device to be used by the orthopedic surgeons in that specialty. In addition, hospital facilities and group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, which manage purchasing for multiple facilities, may also require us to enter into a purchase agreement and satisfy numerous elements of their administrative procurement process, which can also be a lengthy, costly, and time-consuming effort. If we do not obtain access to hospital facilities in a timely manner, or at all, via these VAC and purchase contract processes, or otherwise, or if we are unable to secure contracts in a timely manner, or at all, our operating costs will increase, our sales may decrease, and our operating results may be harmed. Furthermore, we may expend significant effort in these costly and time-consuming processes and still may not obtain VAC approval or a purchase contract from such hospitals or GPOs. 40 41 Annual Report 2021 | 41   We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to successfully expand our sales infrastructure and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products and we may never generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability. We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products. We began selling our products in the United States in 2008 and internationally in 2011. In 2017, we began to supplement our use of independent stocking distributors with direct sales programs in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand. We began selling direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands to further enhance our operations in Europe. In these markets, we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission. As of December 31, 2021, our international sales organization consisted of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies in 45 countries. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our independent sales agencies and distributors. If our independent sales agencies or distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease. In addition, our future sales will largely depend on our ability to increase our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs. We believe it is necessary to utilize a sales force that includes sales agencies with specific technical backgrounds that can support our customers’ needs. We will also need to attract independent sales personnel and attract and develop marketing personnel with industry expertise. Competition for such independent sales agencies, distributors and marketing employees is intense and we may be unable to attract and retain sufficient personnel to maintain an effective sales and marketing force. If we are unable to adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products, and we may not generate sufficient revenue to sustain profitability. As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled independent sales agencies and distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may be unable to effectively commercialize our products. We lack published long-term data supporting superior clinical outcomes enabled by our products, which could limit sales. We lack published long-term data supporting superior clinical outcomes enabled by our products. For this reason, orthopedic surgeons and other clinicians may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would slow the adoption of our products by orthopedic surgeons, would significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales and could prevent us from achieving and maintaining profitability. In addition, because certain of our products have only been on the market for a few years, we have limited data with respect to treatment using these products. If future patient studies or clinical testing do not support our belief that our products offer a more advantageous treatment for a broad spectrum of pediatric orthopedic conditions, market acceptance of our products could fail to increase or could decrease. If coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures using our products significantly decline, orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline. In the United States, healthcare providers who purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the cost of our products in the procedures in which they are employed. Because there is often no separate reimbursement for products used in surgical procedures, the additional cost associated with the use of our products can impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. Some of our target customers may 42 | Annual Report 2021 42 We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to successfully expand our sales infrastructure and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products and we may never generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability. We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products. We began selling our products in the United States in 2008 and internationally in 2011. In 2017, we began to supplement our use of independent stocking distributors with direct sales programs in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand. We began selling direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands to further enhance our operations in Europe. In these markets, we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission. As of December 31, 2021, our international sales organization consisted of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies in 45 countries. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our independent sales agencies and distributors. If our independent sales agencies or distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease. In addition, our future sales will largely depend on our ability to increase our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs. We believe it is necessary to utilize a sales force that includes sales agencies with specific technical backgrounds that can support our customers’ needs. We will also need to attract independent sales personnel and attract and develop marketing personnel with industry expertise. Competition for such independent sales agencies, distributors and marketing employees is intense and we may be unable to attract and retain sufficient personnel to maintain an effective sales and marketing force. If we are unable to adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products, and we may not generate sufficient revenue to sustain profitability. As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled independent sales agencies and distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may be unable to effectively commercialize our products. which could limit sales. We lack published long-term data supporting superior clinical outcomes enabled by our products, We lack published long-term data supporting superior clinical outcomes enabled by our products. For this reason, orthopedic surgeons and other clinicians may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would slow the adoption of our products by orthopedic surgeons, would significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales and could prevent us from achieving and maintaining profitability. In addition, because certain of our products have only been on the market for a few years, we have limited data with respect to treatment using these products. If future patient studies or clinical testing do not support our belief that our products offer a more advantageous treatment for a broad spectrum of pediatric orthopedic conditions, market acceptance of our products could fail to increase or could decrease. If coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures using our products significantly decline, orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline. In the United States, healthcare providers who purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the cost of our products in the procedures in which they are employed. Because there is often no separate reimbursement for products used in surgical procedures, the additional cost associated with the use of our products can impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our products in light of the additional associated cost. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for the procedures using our products may make it difficult for existing customers to continue using, or to adopt, our products and could create additional pricing pressure for us. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of reimbursement. To contain costs of new technologies, governmental healthcare programs and third-party payors are increasingly scrutinizing new and existing treatments by requiring extensive evidence of favorable clinical outcomes. Orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may not purchase our products if they do not receive satisfactory reimbursement from these third-party payors for the cost of the procedures using our products. Payors continue to review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products. If third-party payors issue non- coverage policies or if our customers are not reimbursed at adequate levels, this could adversely affect sales of our products. In addition to uncertainties surrounding coverage policies, there are periodic changes to reimbursement rates and policies. Third-party payors regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes routine updates to payments to physicians, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers for procedures during which our products are used. These updates could directly impact the demand for our products. For example, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, or MACRA, provided for a 0.5% annual increase in payment rates under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, or PFS, through 2019, but no annual update from 2020 through 2025. MACRA also introduced a Quality Payment Program, or QPP, for Medicare physicians, nurses and other “eligible clinicians” beginning in 2019. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the QPP will impact overall reimbursement under the PFS. While MACRA applies only to Medicare reimbursement, Medicaid and private payors often follow Medicare payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates, and any reduction in Medicare reimbursement may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may result in reduced demand for our products. However, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for procedures can differ significantly from payor to payor. Moreover, some healthcare providers in the United States have adopted or are considering a managed care system in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer surgical procedures or by requiring the use of the least expensive clinically appropriate products available. Additionally, as a result of reform of the U.S. healthcare system, changes in reimbursement policies or healthcare cost containment initiatives may limit or restrict coverage and reimbursement for our products and cause our revenue to decline. Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for orthopedic implants and procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payors outside of the United States are not obtained, international sales of our products may decline. The marketability of our products may suffer if government and commercial third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Our employees, consultants, independent sales agencies, stocking distributors or other commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements. We are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, independent sales agencies and distributors and other commercial partners may engage in fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or other unauthorized activities that violate the regulations of the FDA and other U.S. healthcare regulators, as well as non-U.S. regulators, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulators, manufacturing standards, healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry, including the sale of medical devices, are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended 42 43 Annual Report 2021 | 43   to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees, sales agencies, distributors and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of operations. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations. Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities. We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, foreign liability, employee benefits liability, property, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if these policies will provide us with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations. We bear the risk of warranty claims on our products. While we have no history of warranty claims, have no warranty reserves and had no warranty expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019, we bear the risk of warranty claims on the products we supply. We may not be successful in claiming recovery under any warranty or indemnity provided to us by our suppliers or vendors in the event of a successful warranty claim against us by a customer or that any recovery from such vendor or supplier would be adequate. In addition, warranty claims brought by our customers related to third- party components may arise after our ability to bring corresponding warranty claims against such suppliers expires, which could result in costs to us. The proliferation of physician-owned distributorships could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell our products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships. Physician-owned distributorships, or PODs, are product distributors that are owned, directly or indirectly, by physicians. PODs derive a portion, or substantially all, of their revenue from selling, or arranging for the sale of, products ordered by the physician-owners for use in procedures the physician-owners perform on their own patients at hospitals and other facilities that purchase from or through the POD, or otherwise generate revenue based directly or indirectly on product orders arranged for by physician-owners. On March 26, 2013, the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or the DHHS, issued a special fraud alert on PODs and stated that it views PODs as inherently suspect under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and is concerned about the proliferation of PODs. Notwithstanding the DHHS’s concern about PODs, the number of PODs in the spinal surgery industry may continue to grow as economic pressures increase throughout the industry, hospitals, insurers and physicians search for ways to reduce costs and, in the case of the physicians, search for ways to increase their incomes. PODs and the physicians who own, or partially own, them have significant market knowledge and access to the orthopedic surgeons who use our products and the hospitals that purchase our products and thus the growth of PODs may reduce our ability to compete effectively for business from orthopedic surgeons who own such distributorships. Risks Related to Administrative, Organizational and Commercial Operations and Growth We may be unable to manage our anticipated growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy. We have been growing rapidly and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial company. For example, our revenue grew from $71.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $98.0 million for the year 44 | Annual Report 2021 44 ended December 31, 2021. We intend to continue to grow our business operations and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. This anticipated growth could create a strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including our supply chain operations, quality control, technical support and customer service, sales force management and general and financial administration. We may be unable to maintain the quality of or delivery timelines of our products or satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We may implement new enterprise software systems in a number of areas affecting a broad range of business processes and functional areas. The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could harm our business. As our commercial operations and sales volume grow, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for our supply chain, customer service, billing and general process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program, among other things. These increases in scale or expansion of personnel may not be successfully implemented. The loss of our senior management or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled salespeople and engineers could negatively impact our business. Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of the members of our executive management team. The individual and collective efforts of these employees will be important as we continue to develop our products and as we expand our commercial activities. We believe there are only a limited number of individuals with the requisite skills to serve in many of our key positions, and the loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could negatively impact our operations if we experience difficulties in hiring qualified successors. We do not maintain key man life insurance with any of our employees. We have employment agreements with each of the members of our senior management; however, the existence of these employment agreement does not guarantee our retention of these employees for any period of time. Our commercial, supply chain and research and development programs and operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled salespeople and engineers. We may be unable to attract or retain qualified managers, salespeople or engineers in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel among medical device businesses. We also face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific personnel. Recruiting and retention difficulties can limit our ability to support our commercial, supply chain and research and development programs. All of our employees are at-will, which means that either we or the employee may terminate his or her employment at any time. The loss of key employees, the failure of any key employee to perform or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees, as needed, or an inability to effectively plan for and implement a succession plan for key employees could harm our business. We face risks associated with our international business. We market and sell our products in 45 countries outside of the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, approximately 21%, 11% and 24% of our revenue was attributable to our international customers, respectively. These customers are generally allowed to return products, and some are thinly capitalized. The sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subjects us to extensive U.S. and other foreign governmental trade, import and export and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. We expect our international activities will be dynamic over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in international markets. Our international business operations are subject to a variety of risks, including: • • • difficulties in staffing and managing foreign and geographically dispersed operations; having to comply with various U.S. and international laws, including export control laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA, and anti-money laundering laws; differing regulatory requirements for obtaining clearances or approvals to market our products; 45 Annual Report 2021 | 45   • • • • • • • • • changes in, or uncertainties relating to, foreign rules and regulations that may impact our ability to sell our products, perform services or repatriate profits to the United States; tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations and other regulatory and contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; imposition of limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures; differing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors or patient self-pay systems; imposition of differing labor laws and standards; economic, political or social instability in foreign countries and regions; an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by government action; and availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us. We expect we will continue expanding into other international markets; however, our expansion plans may not be realized, or if realized, may not be successful. We expect each market to have particular regulatory and funding hurdles to overcome and future developments in these markets, including the uncertainty relating to governmental policies and regulations, could harm our business. We could be negatively impacted by violations of applicable anti-corruption laws or violations of our internal policies designed to ensure ethical business practices. We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including in countries that do not have as strong a commitment to anti-corruption and ethical behavior that is required by U.S. laws or by corporate policies. We are subject to the risk that we, our U.S. employees or our employees located in other jurisdictions or any third parties such as our sales agencies and distributors that we engage to do work on our behalf in foreign countries may take action determined to be in violation of anti-corruption laws in any jurisdiction in which we conduct business, including the FCPA and the Bribery Act of 2010, or the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act. The FCPA generally prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments, offers or promises to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In addition, the FCPA imposes recordkeeping and internal controls requirements on publicly traded corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to, among other things, prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. As a substantial portion of our revenue is, and we expect will continue to be, from jurisdictions outside of the United States, we face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments, offers or promises of payment to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. Although we have implemented a company policy requiring our employees and consultants to comply with the FCPA and similar laws, such policy may not be effective at preventing all potential FCPA or other violations. Although our agreements with our international distributors clearly state our expectations for our distributors’ compliance with U.S. laws, including the FCPA, and provide us with various remedies upon any non-compliance, including the ability to terminate the agreement, our distributors may not comply with U.S. laws, including the FCPA. 46 | Annual Report 2021 46 In addition, we operate in certain countries in which the government may take an ownership stake in an enterprise and such government ownership may not be readily apparent, thereby increasing potential anti- corruption law violations. Any violation of the FCPA and U.K. Anti-Bribery Act or any similar anti-corruption law or regulation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions and might harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we have internal ethics policies with which we require our employees to comply in order to ensure that our business is conducted in a manner that our management deems appropriate. If these anti-corruption laws or internal policies were to be violated, our reputation and operations could also be substantially harmed. Further, detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management. As a result of our focus on managing our growth, our development of infrastructure designed to identify FCPA matters and monitor compliance is at an early stage. Our results may be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We have international operations and, as a result, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could require us to reduce our selling price or risk making our products less competitive in international markets or our costs could increase. Also, if our international sales increase, we may enter into a greater number of transactions denominated in non-U.S. dollars, which could expose us to foreign currency risks, including changes in currency exchange rates. We do not currently engage in any hedging transactions. If we are unable to address these risks and challenges effectively, our international operations may not be successful and our business could be harmed. Climate change and related legislative and regulatory initiatives may materially affect the Company's business and results of operations. We recognize there are inherent risks wherever business is conducted; however, there are certain natural disasters including drought, wildfires and other events that are potentially impacted by climate change effects. These events have the ability to impact our employees', our selling agents' and hospital workers' abilities to commute to work or to work from home and stay connected effectively globally. Climate-related events may cause us to experience higher attrition, losses and additional costs to maintain our business operations. Furthermore, the global business community has increased its political and social awareness regarding climate change. The United States has entered into international agreements in an attempt to reduce global temperatures, including reentering the Paris Agreement. Additionally, the U.S. Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continue to propose initiatives to combat climate change. We recognize that these initiatives may require additional costs in order to comply with new regulatory requirements, either directly imposed on us, our selling organizations, or our suppliers. We incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs. As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses due to our compliance with regulations and disclosure obligations applicable to us, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and The Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact, in ways we cannot currently anticipate, the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance programs and monitoring of public company reporting obligations and as a result of the new corporate governance and executive compensation related rules, regulations and guidelines prompted by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and further regulations and disclosure obligations expected in the future, we will likely need to devote additional time and costs to comply with such compliance programs and rules. These rules and regulations will cause us to incur significant legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. As a public company, we are obligated to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock. 47 Annual Report 2021 | 47   As a public company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Our disclosure controls and other procedures have been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate and weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to maintain effective controls could negatively impact the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we may be required to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, harm our operating results, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in a restatement of our prior period financial statements. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that our internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our common stock could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may be unable to remain listed on Nasdaq. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the "JOBS Act"). The annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 will be the first report requiring a formal attestation. If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business may be adversely affected. We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing and inventory management. We do not have redundant systems at this time. While we will attempt to mitigate interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing some upgrades, which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information technology systems, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology for our infrastructure. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems. Failure to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively could have a materially adverse effect on our business. For example, third parties may attempt to hack into our systems and obtain proprietary information. The Company’s information technology systems, some of which are dependent on services provided by third parties, serve an important role in the operation of the business. These systems could be damaged or cease to function properly due to any number of causes, such as catastrophic events, power outages, security breaches, computer viruses or cyber-based attacks. The Company has contingency plans in place to prevent or mitigate the impact of these events, however, if they are not effective on a timely basis, business interruptions could occur which may adversely impact results of operations. Increased cyber-security threats also pose a potential risk to the security of the Company’s information technology systems, as well as the confidentiality, integrity and availability of data stored on these systems. In addition, a greater number of our employees working remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic has exposed us, and may continue to expose us, to greater risks related to cyber-security. Any breach of our systems could result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, including sensitive customer, vendor, employee or financial information. Such events could cause damage to the Company’s reputation and result in significant recovery or remediation costs, which may adversely impact results of operations. 48 | Annual Report 2021 48 We may be subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. We, as well as certain of our officers and distributors, may be subject to other claims or lawsuits. Regardless of the outcome, these lawsuits may result in significant legal fees and expenses and could divert management’s time and other resources. If the claims contained in these lawsuits are successfully asserted against us, we could be liable for damages and be required to alter or cease certain of our business practices or product lines. If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, our business may be harmed, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage. Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices for orthopedic surgery procedures. These surgeries involve significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death. Furthermore, if orthopedic surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients. We have had, and continue to have, a small number of product liability claims relating to our products, and in the future, we may be subject to additional product liability claims. Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in: • • • • • • • • • decreased demand for our products; injury to our reputation; significant litigation costs; substantial monetary awards to or costly settlements with patients; product recalls; material defense costs; loss of revenue; the inability to commercialize new products or product candidates; and diversion of management attention from pursuing our business strategy. Our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not the result of a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers. In addition, we may be unable to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts or scope to protect us against losses. Any claims against us, regardless of their merit, could severely harm our financial condition, strain our management and other resources and adversely affect or eliminate the prospects for commercialization or sales of a product or product candidate that is the subject of any such claim. Our operations are vulnerable to interruption or loss due to natural or other disasters, power loss, strikes and other events beyond our control. A major earthquake, fire or other disaster (such as a major flood, tsunami, volcanic eruption or terrorist attack) affecting our facilities, or those of our suppliers, could significantly disrupt our operations, and delay or prevent 49 Annual Report 2021 | 49   product shipment or installation during the time required to repair, rebuild or replace our suppliers’ damaged manufacturing facilities; these delays could be lengthy and costly. If any of our customers’ facilities are negatively impacted by a disaster, shipments of our products could be delayed. Additionally, customers may delay purchases of our products until operations return to normal. Even if we are able to quickly respond to a disaster, the ongoing effects of the disaster could create some uncertainty in the operations of our business. In addition, our facilities may be subject to a shortage of available electrical power and other energy supplies. Any shortages may increase our costs for power and energy supplies or could result in blackouts, which could disrupt the operations of our affected facilities and harm our business. In addition, concerns about terrorism, the effects of a terrorist attack, political turmoil or an outbreak of epidemic diseases could have a negative effect on our operations, those of our suppliers and customers and the ability to travel. Risks Related to Regulatory Matters Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements, including but not limited to the HDE requirements and MDD/MDR regulations, could harm our business. We and our products are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, including by the FDA and its foreign counterparts. The FDA and foreign regulatory agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices: design, development and manufacturing; testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage; clinical trials; product safety; marketing, sales and distribution; premarket clearance and approval; record keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field safety corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; post-market approval studies; and product import and export. The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA and our accredited Notified Body enforces these regulatory requirements through periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we will pass any future inspections. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of distribution; recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the market; total or partial suspension of production; refusal to grant future clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties. In addition, our ApiFix Mid-C System is an approved device under the Humanitarian Device Exemption (HDE) regulation. Approval under the HDE regulation is contingent upon the submission of periodic reports at intervals of one year (unless otherwise specified) from the date of approval of the original HDE (August 2019). The FDA may grant an HDE, which is an exemption from the effectiveness requirements of sections 514 and 515 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, if the FDA determines that the device meets certain criteria. After HDE approval, the medical device may only be used after approval by an institutional review board, or IRB, has been obtained. Under FDA regulations, an IRB is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving human subjects. In accordance with FDA regulations, an IRB has the authority to approve, require modifications in (to secure approval), or disapprove research. Failure to submit the necessary reports, IRB required modifications or IRB disapproval could cancel or delay our exemption which would cause our sales to decline. We may not receive the necessary clearances or approvals for our future products, and failure to timely obtain necessary clearances or approvals for our future products would adversely affect our ability to grow our business. An element of our strategy is to continue to upgrade our products, add new features and expand clearance or approval of our current products to new indications. In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for or significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA, from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a 50 | Annual Report 2021 50 device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved PMA and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the device, which may limit the market for the device. In the United States, we have obtained 510(k) premarket clearance from the FDA to market each of our products requiring such clearance. Any modifications to these existing products may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly, time-consuming and uncertain PMA process. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared products on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA initiated an evaluation, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the 510(k) clearance process. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, enacted in 2012, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-clearance and approval. Some of these proposals and reforms could impose additional regulatory requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. In order to sell our products in member countries of the EEA our products must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC). Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE Mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. The Medical Devices Regulation ("MDR") entered into force in May 2017 and, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, was postponed from its original application date of May 2020 to May 2021. The MDR imposes significant additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of all medical devices. It imposes an obligation 51 Annual Report 2021 | 51   manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provides for more strict clinical evidence requirements. In addition to increased financial burden of complying with the MDR, we do not yet have an MDR certificate that is required to place additional devices on the market in the EU. Failure to obtain MDR certificate by a certain time could prevent us from placing additional devices on the EU market and/or result in expiration of the existing MDD certificate which could result in our inability to sell any products that are currently on the EU market until the MDR certificate is obtained. In order to sell our products in the UK (England, Wales and Scotland) our products must comply with the requirements of the UK Medical Device Regulations. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the UKCA Mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the UK. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. A conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by an Approved Body under UK Medical Device Regulations, or Approved Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Approved Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Approved Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the UKCA Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related UK Declaration of Conformity. As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the essential requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use, that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device are supported by suitable evidence. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European and United Kingdom laws and directives, we would be unable to continue to affix the CE or UKCA Marks to our surgical systems, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA and the United Kingdom, respectively. We or our distributors will also need to obtain regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to market and sell our products. Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals, and may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained. Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances were not required. We may make similar modifications or add additional features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, the FDA may not approve or clear our products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or could require clinical trials to support any modifications. Any delay or failure in obtaining required clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) clearance process may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when a new 510(k) notification for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. The FDA continues to review its 510(k) clearance process, which could result 52 | Annual Report 2021 52 manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provides for more strict clinical evidence requirements. In addition to increased financial burden of complying with the MDR, we do not yet have an MDR certificate that is required to place additional devices on the market in the EU. Failure to obtain MDR certificate by a certain time could prevent us from placing additional devices on the EU market and/or result in expiration of the existing MDD certificate which could result in our inability to sell any products that are currently on the EU market until the MDR certificate is obtained. In order to sell our products in the UK (England, Wales and Scotland) our products must comply with the requirements of the UK Medical Device Regulations. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the UKCA Mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the UK. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. A conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by an Approved Body under UK Medical Device Regulations, or Approved Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Approved Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Approved Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the UKCA Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related UK Declaration of Conformity. As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the essential requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use, that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device are supported by suitable evidence. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European and United Kingdom laws and directives, we would be unable to continue to affix the CE or UKCA Marks to our surgical systems, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA and the United Kingdom, respectively. We or our distributors will also need to obtain regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to market and sell our products. Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals, and may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained. Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances were not required. We may make similar modifications or add additional features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, the FDA may not approve or clear our products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or could require clinical trials to support any modifications. Any delay or failure in obtaining required clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) clearance process may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when a new 510(k) notification for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. The FDA continues to review its 510(k) clearance process, which could result in additional changes to regulatory requirements or guidance documents, which could increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain current clearances. Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations. The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s QSR and ISO 13485, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA and our Notified Body enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing. Our third-party manufacturers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable QSR requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things: warning letters or untitled letters; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s or Notified Body's refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals for our products; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us or our employees. Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact supply of our products. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenue and increased costs. The misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business. We train our marketing personnel and independent sales agencies and distributors to not promote our products for uses outside of the cleared indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our products off-label, when in the physician’s independent professional medical judgment he or she deems it appropriate. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our products off-label. Furthermore, the use of our products for indications other than those which have been cleared or approved by any regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. If any regulatory body determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, which is used for violators that do not necessitate a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations. Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the regulatory authorities, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of a regulatory authority, could have a negative impact on us. We are subject to several adverse event reporting regulations, which require us to report after we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or 52 53 Annual Report 2021 | 53   contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the a regulatory authority could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products. Regulatory authorities may require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. We have in the past conducted several voluntary recalls of devices with lot-specific quality issues. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the a regulatory authority may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines. If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for our products, we will be unable to market and sell our products outside of the United States. Sales of our products outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. In addition, the FDA regulates exports of medical devices from the United States. While the regulations of some countries may not impose barriers to marketing and selling our products or only require notification, others require that we or our distributors obtain the approval of a specified regulatory body. Complying with foreign regulatory requirements, including obtaining registrations or approvals, can be expensive and time-consuming, and we or our distributors may not receive regulatory approvals in each country in which we plan to market our products or we may be unable to do so on a timely basis. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance, and requirements for such registrations, clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. If we modify our products, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are permitted to sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we or our distributors have received. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the applicable product in that country. Regulatory clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and clearance or approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. Legislative or regulatory reforms in the United States, the United Kingdom or the European Union may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our products or to manufacture, market or distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained. From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of any future products or make it more difficult to manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when 54 | Annual Report 2021 54 and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require: additional testing prior to obtaining clearance or approval; changes to manufacturing methods; recall, replacement or discontinuance of our products; or additional record keeping. In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the EU Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation, the Medical Devices Regulation. Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices. The Medical Devices Regulation, or MDR, entered into force in May 2017 and, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, was postponed from its original application date of May 2020 to May 2021. The Company can continue marketing existing CE-marked products under the previous regulation until March 2023 so long as a certification extension is granted by its notified body. Any products not yet CE-marked or products with significant changes that require additional notified review are subject to the MDR as of May 2021, including the requirement of obtaining QSR certification under the MDR. The MDR among other things, imposes additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, imposes an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a “qualified person” responsible for regulatory compliance, and provides for more strict clinical evidence requirements. Effective January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom withdrew from the EU. New regulations specific to the UK went into effect beginning January 1, 2021 with a transitional period through June 30, 2023. These regulations may impact our ability to sell our products in the UK. During the transition period devices with CE Markings may continue to be sold within the UK. Devices sold in Northern Ireland will be required to keep the CE Marking after the transition period ends. In order to comply with the new regulations and continue selling medical devices in Great Britain (England, Wales and Scotland) following the transition period, the Company must appoint a UK Responsible Person and register the medical devices with the MHRA. A new conformity assessment must be completed by a UK Approved Body. The Approved Body will audit and examine a product’s technical dossiers and the manufacturers’ quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the Approved Body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the UKCA Mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout Great Britain. Once the product has been placed on the market in Great Britain, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device. We are subject to certain federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business. There are numerous U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign, laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims and physician transparency laws. Our business practices and relationships with providers and hospitals are subject to scrutiny under these laws. We may also be subject to patient information privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include: • the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual or furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute may result in substantial civil or criminal penalties, civil penalties under the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, civil 55 Annual Report 2021 | 55   • • • • • • penalties under the federal False Claims Act and exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid; the federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs that are false or fraudulent. Private individuals can bring False Claims Act “qui tam” actions, on behalf of the government and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. When an entity is determined to have violated the federal civil False Claims Act, the government may impose civil penalties, including treble damages, and exclude the entity from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs; the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other things, offering or transferring remuneration to a federal healthcare beneficiary that a person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s decision to order or receive items or services reimbursable by the government from a particular provider or supplier; the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation; the federal Physician Sunshine Act under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, or CHIP, to report annually to the DHHS Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians, which is defined broadly to include other healthcare providers and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations, to report annually ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers are required to submit annual reports to CMS and failure to do so may result in civil monetary penalties for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission, and may result in liability under other federal laws or regulations; HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their business associates that perform services for them that involve individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization, including mandatory contractual terms as well as directly applicable privacy and security standards and requirements. Failure to comply with the HIPAA privacy and security standards can result in civil monetary penalties, and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties. State attorneys general can also bring a civil action to enjoin a HIPAA violation or to obtain statutory damages on behalf of residents of his or her state; and analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti- kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third- party payor, including commercial insurers or patients; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in 56 | Annual Report 2021 56 significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers. These laws and regulations, among other things, constrain our business, marketing and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with hospitals, physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. We have a variety of arrangements with our customers that could implicate these laws, including, among others, our consignment arrangements and our practice of loaning instrument sets to customers at no additional cost. We have also entered into consulting agreements and royalty agreements with physicians, including some who have influence on the ordering of or use our products in the procedures they perform. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies determine our financial relationships with such physicians to be in violation of applicable laws. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws. To enforce compliance with the healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity, and be costly to respond to. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, disgorgement and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. In March 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted in the United States, which made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other ways in which it may impact our business, the Affordable Care Act: • • • established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research; implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and expanded the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs. We do not yet know the full impact that the Affordable Care Act will have on our business. The Biden Administration and the U.S. Congress may take further action regarding the Affordable Care Act, including, but not limited to, repeal or replacement. Additionally, all or a portion of the Affordable Care Act and related subsequent legislation may be modified, repealed or otherwise invalidated through judicial challenge, which could result in lower numbers of insured individuals, reduced coverage for insured individuals and adversely affect our business. In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to providers by 2% per fiscal year, effective on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional 57 Annual Report 2021 | 57   Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, also known as the CARES Act, was signed into law, which, among other things, includes a program for providers to receive accelerated or advanced Medicare payments. We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit reimbursement for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure. Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party manufacturers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which may be expensive and restrict how we do business. Our third-party manufacturers’ activities may involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials. Our manufacturers are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. We currently carry no insurance specifically covering environmental claims relating to the use of hazardous materials, but we do reserve funds to address these claims at both the federal and state levels. Although we believe the safety procedures of our manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials and waste products comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from the use, storage, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. In the event of an accident, state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of these materials and interrupt our business operations. In addition, if an accident or environmental discharge occurs, or if we discover contamination caused by prior operations, including by prior owners and operators of properties we acquire, we could be liable for cleanup obligations, damages and fines, which could be substantial. Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties We rely on a network of third-party independent sales agencies and distributors to market and distribute our products, and if we are unable to maintain and expand this network, we may be unable to generate anticipated sales. We rely on our network of independent sales agencies and distributors to market and distribute our products in both the United States and international markets. In the United States, our products are primarily sold by a network of 40 independent sales agencies. We may not be successful in maintaining strong relationships with our independent sales agencies. In addition, our independent sales agencies are not required to sell our products on an exclusive basis and also are not required to sell any minimum quantity of our products. The failure of our network of independent sales agencies to generate U.S. sales of our products and promote our brand effectively would impair our business and results of operations. We also sell our products in international markets, primarily through a network of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies. We sell our products in 45 countries outside of the United States, and we expect a significant amount of our revenue to come from international sales for the foreseeable future. In the past, we have experienced issues collecting payments from certain of our independent stocking distributors and we may again experience such issues in the future. Our ability to market, distribute, and sell our products through our network of distributors and agencies has been adversely affected as a result of precautionary responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, including travel restrictions, suspension and shutdown orders and other measures intended to limit person-to-person contact. We also face other significant challenges and risks in managing our geographically dispersed distribution network and retaining the individuals who make up that network. We cannot control the efforts and resources our third-party sales agencies and distributors will devote to marketing our products. Our sales agencies and stocking distributors may be unable to successfully market and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing and selling efforts that enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance in their respective jurisdictions. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we 58 | Annual Report 2021 58 Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, also known as the CARES Act, was signed into law, which, among other things, includes a program for providers to receive accelerated or advanced Medicare payments. We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit reimbursement for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure. Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party manufacturers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which may be expensive and restrict how we do business. Our third-party manufacturers’ activities may involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials. Our manufacturers are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. We currently carry no insurance specifically covering environmental claims relating to the use of hazardous materials, but we do reserve funds to address these claims at both the federal and state levels. Although we believe the safety procedures of our manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials and waste products comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from the use, storage, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. In the event of an accident, state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of these materials and interrupt our business operations. In addition, if an accident or environmental discharge occurs, or if we discover contamination caused by prior operations, including by prior owners and operators of properties we acquire, we could be liable for cleanup obligations, damages and fines, which could be substantial. Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties We rely on a network of third-party independent sales agencies and distributors to market and distribute our products, and if we are unable to maintain and expand this network, we may be unable to generate anticipated sales. We rely on our network of independent sales agencies and distributors to market and distribute our products in both the United States and international markets. In the United States, our products are primarily sold by a network of 40 independent sales agencies. We may not be successful in maintaining strong relationships with our independent sales agencies. In addition, our independent sales agencies are not required to sell our products on an exclusive basis and also are not required to sell any minimum quantity of our products. The failure of our network of independent sales agencies to generate U.S. sales of our products and promote our brand effectively would impair our business and results of operations. We also sell our products in international markets, primarily through a network of 40 independent stocking distributors and 14 independent sales agencies. We sell our products in 45 countries outside of the United States, and we expect a significant amount of our revenue to come from international sales for the foreseeable future. In the past, we have experienced issues collecting payments from certain of our independent stocking distributors and we may again experience such issues in the future. Our ability to market, distribute, and sell our products through our network of distributors and agencies has been adversely affected as a result of precautionary responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, including travel restrictions, suspension and shutdown orders and other measures intended to limit person-to-person contact. We also face other significant challenges and risks in managing our geographically dispersed distribution network and retaining the individuals who make up that network. We cannot control the efforts and resources our third-party sales agencies and distributors will devote to marketing our products. Our sales agencies and stocking distributors may be unable to successfully market and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing and selling efforts that enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance in their respective jurisdictions. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively. If we are unable to attract additional international distributors, our international revenue may not grow. If any of our independent sales agencies or distributors were to cease to do business with us, our sales could be adversely affected. Some of our independent sales agencies and distributors have historically accounted for a material portion of our sales volume. Sales through two of our independent sales agencies in the United States accounted for 12.9% and 10.9%, respectively, of our global revenue in 2021. Sales through two of our independent sales agencies in the United States accounted for 14.2% and 13.8%, respectively, of our global revenue in 2020. Sales through two of our independent sales agencies in the United States accounted for 12.3% and 12.2%, respectively, of our global revenue in 2019. If any such agency or distributor were to cease to sell and market our products, our sales could be adversely affected. In addition, if a dispute arises with a sales agency or distributor or if a sales agency or distributor is terminated by us or goes out of business, it may take time to locate an alternative sales agency or distributor, to seek appropriate regulatory approvals and to train new personnel to market our products, and our ability to sell those systems in the region formerly serviced by such terminated agent or distributor could be harmed. Any of our sales agencies or distributors could become insolvent or otherwise become unable to pay amounts owed to us when due. Any of these factors could reduce our revenue from affected markets, increase our costs in those markets or damage our reputation. If an independent sales agency or distributor were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. In any such situation in which we lose the services of an independent sales agency or distributor, we may need to seek alternative sales agencies or distributors, and our sales may be adversely affected. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent sales agencies or distributors to work with us. We may be unable to enter into agreements with them on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified independent sales agencies or distributors would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales. As a result of our reliance on third-party sales agencies and distributors, we may be subject to disruptions and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error and other issues. If the services of any of these third-party sales agencies or distributors become unsatisfactory, including the failure of such sales agencies or distributors to properly train orthopedic surgeons in the utilization of our products, we may experience delays in meeting our customers’ product demands and we may be unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose current or potential customers. We rely on third-party contract manufacturers to assemble our products, and a loss or degradation in performance of these contract manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. We rely on a small number of third-party contract manufacturers in the United States to assemble our products. If any of these contract manufacturers fails to adequately perform, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected. Inadequate performance could include, among other things, the production of products that do not meet our quality standards, which could cause us to seek additional sources of manufacturing. Additionally, our contract manufacturers may decide in the future to discontinue or reduce the level of business they conduct with us. If we are required to change contract manufacturers due to any termination of our relationships with our contract manufacturers, we may lose revenue, experience manufacturing delays, incur increased costs or otherwise suffer impairment to our customer relationships. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to establish alternative manufacturing relationships on similar terms or without delay. Furthermore, our contract manufacturers could require us to move to another one of their production facilities. This could disrupt our ability to fulfill orders during a transition and impact our ability to utilize our current supply chain. In addition, we currently use Structure Medical, LLC and Vilex, LLC, Squadron-affiliated entities, as suppliers for some of our components of our products. While the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in governmental authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place or total lock-down orders, social distancing requirements, and business limitations and shutdowns, those measures have not yet had any significant impacts on our product supply chain. However, any negative impacts on the assembly and production of our products in the future may result in a decline in sales. 58 59 Annual Report 2021 | 59   Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis. Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any systems, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis. We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the majority of our products and may be unable to find replacements or immediately transition to alternative suppliers. We rely on several suppliers for the majority of our products and we maintain certain long-term contracts with these key suppliers. These suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply these products to us reliably and at the prices and levels we anticipate or are required by the market, including the need to carry extra inventory to reduce the risks related to COVID-19. For us to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with products in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these products, and if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute. If we are required to transition to new third-party suppliers for certain products, the use of products furnished by these alternative suppliers could require us to alter our operations. Furthermore, if we are required to change the manufacturer of our products, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. Transitioning to a new supplier could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that we modify the design of those products. If the change in manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k) clearance from the FDA or similar international regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could cause substantial delays. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for our products in a timely or cost-effective manner. As discussed above under the third-party manufacturer risk factor, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has not yet had any significant impacts on our product supply chain. However, any negative impacts on the production and supply of our products in the future may result in a decline in sales. Risks Related to Intellectual Property If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, or if we are accused of infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights. Our commercial success will depend in part on our success in obtaining and maintaining issued patents and other intellectual property rights in the United States and elsewhere and protecting our proprietary technology. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technologies and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. We own numerous issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to our platform technology. As of December 31, 2021, we owned 36 issued U.S. patents and 82 issued foreign patents and we had 25 pending U.S. patent applications and 57 pending foreign patent applications. Assuming all required fees continue to be paid, issued U.S. patents owned by us will expire between 2024 and 2039. We cannot provide any assurances that any of our patents have, or that any of our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products, any additional 60 | Annual Report 2021 60 Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis. Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any systems, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis. We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the majority of our products and may be unable to find replacements or immediately transition to alternative suppliers. We rely on several suppliers for the majority of our products and we maintain certain long-term contracts with these key suppliers. These suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply these products to us reliably and at the prices and levels we anticipate or are required by the market, including the need to carry extra inventory to reduce the risks related to COVID-19. For us to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with products in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these products, and if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute. If we are required to transition to new third-party suppliers for certain products, the use of products furnished by these alternative suppliers could require us to alter our operations. Furthermore, if we are required to change the manufacturer of our products, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. Transitioning to a new supplier could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that we modify the design of those products. If the change in manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k) clearance from the FDA or similar international regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could cause substantial delays. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for our products in a timely or cost-effective manner. As discussed above under the third-party manufacturer risk factor, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has not yet had any significant impacts on our product supply chain. However, any negative impacts on the production and supply of our products in the future may result in a decline in sales. Risks Related to Intellectual Property If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, or if we are accused of infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights. Our commercial success will depend in part on our success in obtaining and maintaining issued patents and other intellectual property rights in the United States and elsewhere and protecting our proprietary technology. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technologies and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. We own numerous issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to our platform technology. As of December 31, 2021, we owned 36 issued U.S. patents and 82 issued foreign patents and we had 25 pending U.S. patent applications and 57 pending foreign patent applications. Assuming all required fees continue to be paid, issued U.S. patents owned by us will expire between 2024 and 2039. We cannot provide any assurances that any of our patents have, or that any of our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products, any additional features we develop for our products or any new products. Other parties may have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our platform, may have filed or may file patent applications and may have received or may receive patents that overlap or conflict with our patent applications, either by claiming the same methods or devices or by claiming subject matter that could dominate our patent position. The patent positions of medical device companies, including our patent position, may involve complex legal and factual questions, and, therefore, the scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims that we may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Patents, if issued, may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated or circumvented. Proceedings challenging our patents could result in either loss of the patent or denial of the patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent application. In addition, such proceedings may be costly. Thus, any patents that we may own may not provide any protection against competitors. Furthermore, an adverse decision in a derivation proceeding can result in a third party receiving the patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to commercialize our products. Furthermore, though an issued patent is presumed valid and enforceable, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods. We may be unable to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, suppliers, vendors, former employees and current employees. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter significant problems in protecting our proprietary rights in these countries. Our ability to enforce our patent rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It may be difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components that are used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential competitor’s product. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded if we were to prevail may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, proceedings to enforce or defend our patents could put our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Such proceedings could also provoke third parties to assert claims against us, including that some or all of the claims in one or more of our patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable. If any of our patents covering our products are invalidated or found unenforceable, or if a court found that valid, enforceable patents held by third parties covered one or more of our products, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain, and we cannot ensure that: • • • • • • • • • any of our patents, or any of our pending patent applications, if issued, will include claims having a scope sufficient to protect our products; any of our pending patent applications may issue as patents; we will be able to successfully commercialize our products on a substantial scale, if approved, before our relevant patents we may have expire; we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications; we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions; others will not develop similar or alternative technologies that do not infringe our patents; any of our patents will be found to ultimately be valid and enforceable; any patents issued to us will provide a basis for an exclusive market for our commercially viable products, will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties; we will develop additional proprietary technologies or products that are separately patentable; or 60 61 Annual Report 2021 | 61   • our commercial activities or products will not infringe upon the patents of others. We rely upon unpatented trade secrets, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position, which we seek to protect, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees and our collaborators and consultants. We also have agreements with our employees and selected consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us and have non-compete agreements with some, but not all, of our consultants. It is possible that technology relevant to our business will be independently developed by a person that is not a party to such an agreement. Furthermore, if the employees and consultants who are parties to these agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets through such breaches or violations. Further, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. Litigation or other proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could require us to spend significant time and money and could prevent us from selling our products or impact our stock price. Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others. Significant litigation and administrative proceedings regarding patent rights occur in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. We do not always conduct independent reviews of patents issued to third parties. In addition, patent applications in the United States and elsewhere can be pending for many years before issuance, or unintentionally abandoned patents or applications can be revived, so there may be applications of others now pending or recently revived patents of which we are unaware. These applications may later result in issued patents, or the revival of previously abandoned patents, that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our products. Third parties may, in the future, assert claims that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization, including claims from competitors or from non-practicing entities that have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patent portfolio may have no deterrent effect. As we continue to commercialize our products in their current or updated forms, launch new products and enter new markets, we expect competitors may claim that one or more of our products infringe their intellectual property rights as part of business strategies designed to impede our successful commercialization and entry into new markets. The large number of patents, the rapid filing rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technology involved, and the uncertainty of litigation and administrative proceedings may increase the risk of business resources and management’s attention being diverted to patent administration and litigation. We have, and we may in the future, receive letters or other threats or claims from third parties inviting us to take licenses under, or alleging that we infringe, their patents. See “Item 3. — Legal Proceedings.” Moreover, we may become party to future adversarial proceedings regarding our patent portfolio or the patents of third parties. Such proceedings could include supplemental examination or contested post-grant proceedings such as review, reexamination, interference or derivation proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and challenges in U.S. District Court or before the U.S. International Trade Commission. Patents may be subjected to opposition, post-grant review or comparable proceedings lodged in various foreign, both national and regional, patent offices. The legal threshold for initiating litigation or contested proceedings may be low, so that even lawsuits or proceedings with a low probability of success might be initiated. Litigation and contested proceedings can also be expensive and time-consuming, and our adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we can. Any lawsuits resulting from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following: • stop making, selling, importing or using products or technologies that allegedly infringe the asserted intellectual property; 62 | Annual Report 2021 62 • • • • • lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others; incur significant legal expenses; pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; pay the attorney’s fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive or infeasible; and attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, or from third parties who may attempt to license rights that they do not have. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If we are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages (which may be increased up to three times of awarded damages) and/or substantial royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. We could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products. In addition, we generally indemnify our customers and international distributors with respect to infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed or settle, we may be forced to pay damages or settlement payments on behalf of our customers or distributors or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products. If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position could be harmed. In addition to patent protection, we also rely upon copyright and trade secret protection, as well as non- disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our confidential and proprietary information. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time- consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our business and competitive position could be harmed. We may be unable to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world. 63 Annual Report 2021 | 63   The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Patent protection available in one country may not be available in other countries. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of our intellectual property. Third parties may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop. Third parties may in the future make claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property. We have written agreements with collaborators that provide for the ownership of intellectual property arising from our collaborations. In addition, we may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees, contractors or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are not successful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our exclusive rights in that intellectual property. Either outcome could harm our business and competitive position. Third parties may assert that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets. We employ individuals who previously worked with other companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims or settling those claims, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock The price of our common stock may be volatile. Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock at or above the price at which they purchased their shares. Factors that could cause volatility in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to: • • • actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors; commercial success and market acceptance of our products; 64 | Annual Report 2021 64 The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Patent protection available in one country may not be available in other countries. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of our intellectual property. Third parties may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop. Third parties may in the future make claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property. We have written agreements with collaborators that provide for the ownership of intellectual property arising from our collaborations. In addition, we may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees, contractors or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are not successful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our exclusive rights in that intellectual property. Either outcome could harm our business and competitive position. Third parties may assert that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets. We employ individuals who previously worked with other companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims or settling those claims, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock The price of our common stock may be volatile. Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock at or above the price at which they purchased their shares. Factors that could cause volatility in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to: • • • actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors; commercial success and market acceptance of our products; • • • • • • • • • • • • • • success of our competitors in developing or commercializing products; ability to commercialize or obtain regulatory approvals for our products, or delays in commercializing or obtaining regulatory approvals; strategic transactions undertaken by us; additions or departures of key personnel; product liability claims; prevailing economic conditions; disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights; FDA or other U.S. or foreign regulatory actions affecting us or the healthcare industry; healthcare reform measures in the United States; sales of our common stock by our officers, directors or significant stockholders; future sales or issuances of equity or debt securities by us; business disruptions caused by earthquakes, fires or other natural disasters; issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations regarding us; and short interest reports and or trading. In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced extreme volatility that have has been often unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may negatively impact the price or liquidity of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. The price of our stock may be vulnerable to manipulation, including through short sales. We believe our common stock has been the subject of recent short selling efforts by certain market participants. Short sales are transactions in which a market participant sells a security that it does not own. To complete the transaction, the market participant must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The market participant is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of required replacement. If the price at the time of replacement is lower than the price at which the security was originally sold by the market participant, then the market participant will realize a gain on the transaction. Thus, it is in the market participant’s interest for the market price of the underlying security to decline as much as possible during the period prior to the time of replacement. Short selling may negatively affect the value of our stock to the detriment of our stockholders. In addition, market participants with disclosed short positions in our stock have published, and may in the future continue to publish, negative information regarding us that we believe is inaccurate and misleading. We believe that the publication of this negative information, and other efforts by certain market participants to manipulate the price of our common stock for their personal financial gain, may in the future lead to downward pressure on the price of our stock to the detriment of our stockholders. 64 65 Annual Report 2021 | 65   We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention. The market price of our securities may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns. We are an “emerging growth company” and a "smaller reporting company" and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us could make our common stock less attractive to investors. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2022. “Emerging growth companies” may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors could find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. As previously stated, our status as an emerging growth company will remain until December 31, 2022. As such, our external auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022 will be required to provide an attestation on the status of our internal controls under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If the details of this attestation indicate any weaknesses in our internal control environment, investors could find our common stock less attractive. In addition, Section 102 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. We are also a “smaller reporting company,” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As a result, many of the same exemptions from reporting requirements available to us as an emerging growth company are also available to us as a smaller reporting company, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. To the extent that we continue to qualify as a smaller reporting company, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, those exemptions may continue to be available to us. Some investors may find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. If investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any of the factors discussed above, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. Increased interest from investors and others regarding environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) responsibilities could result in additional costs and risks, and adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, and willingness of customers and suppliers to do business with us. Investor advocacy groups, certain investment funds, institutional investors, stockholders, and other market participants have increasingly focused on the ESG practices of companies. Select stakeholders have placed increased importance on the implications of the social cost of their investments. While we are increasing our ESG efforts and related disclosures, if our ESG efforts do not meet stakeholder expectations and standards, which continue to evolve, our reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted based on an assessment of our ESG practices. Our future disclosures may include our efforts on a variety of social and ethical matters, including corporate governance, environmental compliance, employee health and safety practices, supply chain, human capital management, and workforce inclusion and diversity. It is possible that stakeholders may not be satisfied with our ESG efforts or the speed of adoption. We could also incur additional costs and require 66 | Annual Report 2021 66 We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention. The market price of our securities may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns. We are an “emerging growth company” and a "smaller reporting company" and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us could make our common stock less attractive to investors. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2022. “Emerging growth companies” may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors could find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. As previously stated, our status as an emerging growth company will remain until December 31, 2022. As such, our external auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022 will be required to provide an attestation on the status of our internal controls under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If the details of this attestation indicate any weaknesses in our internal control environment, investors could find our common stock less attractive. In addition, Section 102 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. We are also a “smaller reporting company,” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As a result, many of the same exemptions from reporting requirements available to us as an emerging growth company are also available to us as a smaller reporting company, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. To the extent that we continue to qualify as a smaller reporting company, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, those exemptions may continue to be available to us. Some investors may find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. additional resources to monitor, report, and comply with various ESG practices. Also, our failure, or perceived failure, to meet the standards included in any ESG disclosure could negatively impact our reputation, employee retention, and the willingness of our customers and suppliers to do business with us. Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time, subject to certain restrictions described below. These sales, or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of December 31, 2021, we had a total of 19,677,214 outstanding shares of common stock, all of which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, other than shares owned by our affiliates, which may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to the conditions of Rule 144 including volume limitations. In addition, holders of an aggregate of approximately 5,378,291 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We have registered all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans on a Registration Statement on Form S-8. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above. If there is no viable public market for our common stock, you may be unable to sell your shares. Although our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, an active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration. Our operating results for a particular period may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline. We expect our operating results to be subject to fluctuations. Our operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including: variations in the level of expenses related to our products or future development programs; level of underlying demand for our products; addition or termination of clinical trials; our execution of any collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements; any intellectual property infringement lawsuit or opposition, interference or cancellation proceeding in which we may become involved; and regulatory developments affecting our products or our competitors. If our operating results for a particular period fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe comparisons of our financial results from various reporting periods are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. If investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any of the factors discussed above, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert control over matters subject to stockholder approval. Increased interest from investors and others regarding environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) responsibilities could result in additional costs and risks, and adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, and willingness of customers and suppliers to do business with us. Investor advocacy groups, certain investment funds, institutional investors, stockholders, and other market participants have increasingly focused on the ESG practices of companies. Select stakeholders have placed increased importance on the implications of the social cost of their investments. While we are increasing our ESG efforts and related disclosures, if our ESG efforts do not meet stakeholder expectations and standards, which continue to evolve, our reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted based on an assessment of our ESG practices. Our future disclosures may include our efforts on a variety of social and ethical matters, including corporate governance, environmental compliance, employee health and safety practices, supply chain, human capital management, and workforce inclusion and diversity. It is possible that stakeholders may not be satisfied with our ESG efforts or the speed of adoption. We could also incur additional costs and require Based on the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2021, our officers and directors, together with holders of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their respective affiliates, beneficially own approximately 30.2% of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, these stockholders will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could attempt to delay or prevent a change in control of the company, even if such a change in control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of the company or our assets and might affect the prevailing price of our common stock. The significant concentration of stock ownership may negatively impact the price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. In addition, pursuant to an agreement with the Company, Squadron has the right to designate up to four nominees 66 67 Annual Report 2021 | 67   for election to the Company’s board of directors, depending on the percentage of capital stock beneficially owned by Squadron. Currently, three members of our board are Squadron designees. Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of the company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could make it more difficult for you to change management. Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include: • • • • • • • • a classified board of directors so that not all directors are elected at one time; a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent; no cumulative voting in the election of directors; the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director; a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president; an advance notice requirement for stockholder proposals and nominations; the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine; and a requirement of approval of not less than 66 2⁄3% of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote to amend any bylaws by stockholder action, or to amend specific provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, Delaware law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person who, together with its affiliates, owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% or more of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Provisions in our charter documents and other provisions of Delaware law could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. 68 | Annual Report 2021 68 for election to the Company’s board of directors, depending on the percentage of capital stock beneficially owned by Squadron. Currently, three members of our board are Squadron designees. Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of the company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could make it more difficult for you to change management. Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include: • • • • • • • • a classified board of directors so that not all directors are elected at one time; a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent; no cumulative voting in the election of directors; the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director; a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president; an advance notice requirement for stockholder proposals and nominations; the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine; and a requirement of approval of not less than 66 2⁄3% of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote to amend any bylaws by stockholder action, or to amend specific provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, Delaware law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person who, together with its affiliates, owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% or more of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Provisions in our charter documents and other provisions of Delaware law could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; therefore, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the Loan Agreement contains, and the terms of any future credit agreements we enter into may contain, terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no securities or industry analysts maintain coverage of the company, the price for our common stock could be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of the company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES We own and occupy approximately 42,000 square feet of office space in Warsaw, Indiana, following expansions of our existing warehouse facilities in 2018 and again in 2021. The Company also maintains two offices in the Netherlands and one office in Israel. We believe our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We may add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. A discussion of certain of those legal proceedings is contained in Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies (under the heading “Legal Proceedings”) of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference. We are not presently a party to any other legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 68 69 Annual Report 2021 | 69   PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES MARKET INFORMATION Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "KIDS" since October 12, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. DIVIDEND POLICY We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We have no present intention to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, but rather intend to retain all of our consolidated earnings to finance future growth. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors. See the “CAPITAL” section of “Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included as Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion regarding dividend restrictions. HOLDERS OF RECORD At the close of business on March 1, 2022, the number of shares outstanding was 19,745,348. There were 175 stockholders of record on that date. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS There were no equity securities purchased by the issuer or any affiliated purchaser for the three months ended December 31, 2021. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES On October 20, 2021, the Company issued 4,599 shares of its common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, in connection with the purchase of certain intellectual property assets and product inventory from Devise Ortho, Inc. The purchase price also included $0.650 million in cash. The shares were valued at $64.83 per share, representing the closing price per share on the date of issuance. The issuance of the common stock was made in reliance upon an exemption provided under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued under equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2021. Plan Category Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted-average exercised price of outstanding options, warrants and rights Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensations plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders Total 375,084 $ 375,084 $ 45.18 45.18 694,186 694,186 70 | Annual Report 2021 70 MARKET INFORMATION DIVIDEND POLICY restrictions. HOLDERS OF RECORD We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We have no present intention to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, but rather intend to retain all of our consolidated earnings to finance future growth. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors. See the “CAPITAL” section of “Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included as Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion regarding dividend At the close of business on March 1, 2022, the number of shares outstanding was 19,745,348. There were 175 stockholders of record on that date. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS There were no equity securities purchased by the issuer or any affiliated purchaser for the three months ended December 31, 2021. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES On October 20, 2021, the Company issued 4,599 shares of its common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, in connection with the purchase of certain intellectual property assets and product inventory from Devise Ortho, Inc. The purchase price also included $0.650 million in cash. The shares were valued at $64.83 per share, representing the closing price per share on the date of issuance. The issuance of the common stock was made in reliance upon an exemption provided under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued under equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2021. Plan Category Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted-average exercised price of outstanding options, warrants and rights Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensations plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders Total 375,084 $ 375,084 $ 45.18 45.18 694,186 694,186 ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES PART II Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "KIDS" since October 12, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. ITEM 6. [Reserved] Intentionally omitted. ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward- looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Overview We are the only global medical device company focused exclusively on providing a comprehensive trauma and deformity correction, scoliosis and sports medicine product offering to the pediatric orthopedic market in order to improve the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. We design, develop and commercialize innovative orthopedic implants and instruments to meet the specialized needs of pediatric surgeons and their patients, who we believe have been largely neglected by the orthopedic industry. We currently serve three of the largest categories in this market. We estimate that the portion of this market that we currently serve represents a $3.3 billion opportunity globally, including over $1.5 billion in the United States. We sell implants and instruments to our customers for use by pediatric orthopedic surgeons to treat orthopedic conditions in children. We provide our implants in sets that consist of a range of implant sizes and include the instruments necessary to perform the surgical procedure. In the United States and a few selected international markets, our customers typically expect us to have full sets of implants and instruments on site at each hospital but do not purchase the implants until they are used in surgery. Accordingly, we must make an up-front investment in inventory of consigned implants and instruments before we can generate revenue from a particular hospital and we maintain substantial levels of inventory at any given time. In the international markets where we sell to stocking distributors, we transfer control of our products to the distributor when title passes upon shipment. We currently market 37 surgical systems that serve three of the largest categories within the pediatric orthopedic market: (i) trauma and deformity correction, (ii) scoliosis and (iii) sports medicine. We rely on a broad network of third parties to manufacture the components of our products, which we then inspect and package. We believe our innovative products promote improved surgical accuracy, increase consistency of outcomes and enhance surgeon confidence in achieving high standards of care. In the future, we expect to expand our product offering within these categories, as well as to address additional categories of the pediatric orthopedic market. The majority of our revenue has been generated in the United States, where we sell our products through a network of 40 independent sales agencies employing 190 sales representatives specifically focused on pediatrics. These independent sales agents are trained by us, distribute our products and are compensated through sales-based commissions and performance bonuses. We do not sell our products through or participate in physician-owned distributorships, or PODs. We market and sell our products internationally in 45 countries through independent stocking distributors and sales agencies. Our independent stocking distributors manage the billing relationship with each hospital in their respective territories and are responsible for servicing the product needs of their surgeon customers. In 2017, we began to supplement our international stocking distributors with sales agencies using direct sales programs in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand where we sell directly to the hospitals. We began selling 70 71 Annual Report 2021 | 71   direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. In these markets, we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission, similar to our U.S. sales model. These arrangements have generated an increase in revenue and gross margin. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, international sales accounted for approximately 21%, 11% and 24% of our revenue, respectively. We believe there are significant opportunities for us to strengthen our position in U.S. and international markets by increasing investments in consigned implant and instrument sets, strengthening our global sales and distribution infrastructure and expanding our product offering. Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") Activities OrthoPediatrics was founded on the cause of impacting the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. Since inception we have impacted the lives of over 234,000 children. We believe we should continue to expand our social efforts while minimizing our impact to the environment and ensuring corporate governance. In 2021, we created an internal ESG team, which reports directly to our Board’s Governance and Nominating Committee, to identify ESG topics for disclosure by assessing both the impact on our business and the importance to our stakeholders. We encourage you to review our ESG page under the "About" section of our corporate website for more detailed information regarding our ESG efforts and current initiatives. On our website, among other information, are the following highlights: • OrthoPediatrics cares about our environmental impact while working in a highly regulated industry and we are certified according to ISO 13485. • The Company and its associates regularly participate in philanthropic causes important to our local communities. We also partner with charitable organizations that provide pediatric orthopedic care around the world. In 2020 we were named as "Corporate Partner of the Year" by the World Pediatric Project - with whom we work to provide access to medical care for children in developing countries. • We are committed to fostering an environment that is respectful, compassionate, and inclusive of everyone in our community. • The Board of Directors understands the value of diversity and will increase the diversity of the Board over the next 18 months. The Governance and Nominating Committed engaged a global recruiting firm to assist in adding two diverse Board candidates. We believe effectively managing our priorities, as well as increasing our transparency related to ESG programs, will help create long-term value for our stakeholders. We expect to increase our disclosures and communicate our ESG efforts in future SEC filings. Nothing on our website shall be deemed part of or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10- K. Impact of COVID-19 on our Business A novel strain of the coronavirus disease was first identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019, and the related outbreak was subsequently declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the President of the United States. As a result of the pandemic, we have experienced significant business disruption. For example, in order to meet the demand for COVID-19-related hospitalizations, various governments, governmental agencies and hospital administrators required certain hospitals to postpone some elective procedures. As a majority of our products are utilized in elective surgeries or procedures, the deferrals of such surgeries and procedures have had, and may continue to have, a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations. We encourage the readers of this document to read our risk factors in its entirety contained in Item 1A “Risk Factors” where there is additional information regarding the COVID-19 pandemic. 72 | Annual Report 2021 72 direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. In these markets, we work through sales agencies that are paid a commission, similar to our U.S. sales model. These arrangements have generated an increase in revenue and gross margin. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, international sales accounted for approximately 21%, 11% and 24% of our revenue, respectively. We believe there are significant opportunities for us to strengthen our position in U.S. and international markets by increasing investments in consigned implant and instrument sets, strengthening our global sales and distribution infrastructure and expanding our product offering. Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") Activities OrthoPediatrics was founded on the cause of impacting the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. Since inception we have impacted the lives of over 234,000 children. We believe we should continue to expand our social efforts while minimizing our impact to the environment and ensuring corporate governance. In 2021, we created an internal ESG team, which reports directly to our Board’s Governance and Nominating Committee, to identify ESG topics for disclosure by assessing both the impact on our business and the importance to our stakeholders. following highlights: We encourage you to review our ESG page under the "About" section of our corporate website for more detailed information regarding our ESG efforts and current initiatives. On our website, among other information, are the • OrthoPediatrics cares about our environmental impact while working in a highly regulated industry and we are certified according to ISO 13485. • The Company and its associates regularly participate in philanthropic causes important to our local communities. We also partner with charitable organizations that provide pediatric orthopedic care around the world. In 2020 we were named as "Corporate Partner of the Year" by the World Pediatric Project - with whom we work to provide access to medical care for children in developing countries. • We are committed to fostering an environment that is respectful, compassionate, and inclusive of everyone in our community. assist in adding two diverse Board candidates. We believe effectively managing our priorities, as well as increasing our transparency related to ESG programs, will help create long-term value for our stakeholders. We expect to increase our disclosures and communicate our ESG efforts in future SEC filings. Nothing on our website shall be deemed part of or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10- K. Impact of COVID-19 on our Business A novel strain of the coronavirus disease was first identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019, and the related outbreak was subsequently declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the President of the United States. As a result of the pandemic, we have experienced significant business disruption. For example, in order to meet the demand for COVID-19-related hospitalizations, various governments, governmental agencies and hospital administrators required certain hospitals to postpone some elective procedures. As a majority of our products are utilized in elective surgeries or procedures, the deferrals of such surgeries and procedures have had, and may continue to have, a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations. We encourage the readers of this document to read our risk factors in its entirety contained in Item 1A “Risk Factors” where there is additional information regarding the COVID-19 pandemic. Despite the impact COVID-19 has had on our business, we continued to invest in research and development, invest in our people, and take steps to position ourselves for long-term success. During 2020, we raised additional capital to solidify our financial foundation. We continued to train and educate our sales team and our surgeons on our products. During 2020 and 2021, we continued to focus on developing innovative solutions, acquired multiple enabling technologies, invested in both new and existing partnerships and continued to deploy additional consigned instrument and implant sets in furtherance of our strategy. Health and Safety From the earliest signs of the outbreak, we have taken proactive, aggressive action to protect the health and safety of our employees, customers, partners and suppliers. We enacted rigorous safety measures in all applicable locations, including implementing social distancing protocols, requiring working from home for those employees that do not need to be physically present on the warehouse floor, suspending travel, extensively and frequently disinfecting our workspaces and providing masks to those employees who must be physically present. We will continue to utilize some or all of these measures until we determine that the COVID-19 pandemic is adequately contained for purposes of our business. We may also take further actions as government authorities require or recommend or as we determine to be in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners and suppliers. Supply We have not yet experienced any significant impacts or interruptions to our supply chain as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. To mitigate the risk of any potential supply interruptions from the COVID-19 pandemic, we chose to increase certain inventory levels during the year. We may decide to take similar actions going forward. Additionally, restrictions or disruptions of transportation, such as reduced availability of air transport, port closures and increased border controls or closures, have resulted in higher costs and delays. Demand The outbreak has significantly increased economic and demand uncertainty. We anticipate that the current outbreak or continued spread of COVID-19, and the actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties to contain the virus, may cause a global economic slowdown, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession. In the event of a recession, demand for our products would decline and our business would be adversely effected. During 2021 and 2020, we experienced a reduction in revenue as a result of global delays in elective surgeries. • The Board of Directors understands the value of diversity and will increase the diversity of the Board over the next 18 months. The Governance and Nominating Committed engaged a global recruiting firm to Liquidity Although there is uncertainty related to the anticipated impact of the recent COVID-19 outbreak on our future results, we believe our business model, our current cash reserves and the recent steps we have taken to strengthen our balance sheet, including our June 2020 and December 2019 equity offerings, leave us well- positioned to manage our business through this crisis as it continues to unfold. We believe our existing balances of cash and our currently anticipated operating cash flows will be sufficient to meet our cash needs arising in the ordinary course of business for the next twelve months. We continue to monitor the rapidly evolving situation and guidance from international and domestic authorities, including federal, state and local public health authorities and may take additional actions based on their recommendations. In these circumstances, there may be developments outside our control requiring us to adjust our operating plan. As such, given the dynamic nature of this situation, we cannot reasonably estimate the impacts of COVID-19 on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in the future. Other Trends and Uncertainties From time to time we acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products and business that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. As a result of these transactions, we may record certain intangible assets, including goodwill and trademarks, which are subject to annual impairment testing. Impairment is based on our current assessment of the expected future cash flows based on recent results and other specific market factors. Although we have not recorded any impairment charges to date, the most recently prepared assessment indicates our passing rate has narrowed for certain intangible assets. We believe that the expected future cash flows represent management’s 72 73 Annual Report 2021 | 73   best estimate; however, if actual results differ materially from these estimates, we could record an impairment charge which could be material to our consolidated financial statements and have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Components of our Results of Operations Revenue Revenue in the United States is generated primarily from the sale of our implants and, to a much lesser extent, from the sale of our instruments. Sales in the United States are primarily to hospital accounts through independent sales agencies. We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied. This typically occurs when we transfer control of our products to the customer, generally upon implantation or when title passes upon shipment. The products are generally consigned to our independent sales agencies, and revenue is recognized when the products are used by or shipped to the hospital for surgeries on a case by case basis. On rare occasions, hospitals purchase products for their own inventory, and revenue is recognized when the hospital obtains control of the product, typically either upon shipment or delivery of the product dependent on the terms of the contract. Pricing for each customer is dictated by a unique price list and or a pricing agreement. Outside of the United States, we sell our products directly to hospitals through independent sales agencies or to independent stocking distributors. Generally, the distributors are allowed to return products, and some are thinly capitalized. Based on a history of reliable collections, we have concluded that a contract exists and revenue should be recognized when we transfer control of our products to the customer, generally when title passes upon shipment. Additionally, based on our history of immaterial returns from international customers, we have historically estimated no reserve for returns. In early 2017, we expanded operations and established legal entities in the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand permitting us to sell under an agency model direct to local hospitals in these countries. We began selling direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. The products are generally consigned to our independent sales agencies, and revenue is recognized when the products are used by or shipped to the hospital for surgeries on a case by case basis. On rare occasions, hospitals purchase products for their own inventory, and revenue is recognized when the hospital obtains control of the product, typically either upon shipment or delivery of the product dependent on the terms of the contract. Pricing for each customer is dictated by a unique price list and or a pricing agreement. Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit Our cost of revenue consists primarily of products purchased from third-party suppliers, inbound freight, excess and obsolete inventory adjustments and royalties. Our implants and instruments are manufactured to our specifications by third-party suppliers. The majority of our implants and instruments are produced in the United States. We recognize cost of revenue for consigned implants at the time the implant is used in surgery and the related revenue is recognized. Prior to their use in surgery, the cost of consigned implants is recorded as inventory in our balance sheet. The costs of instruments are typically capitalized and not included in cost of revenue unless sold as a set to our international stocking distributors or directly to hospitals. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars due primarily to increased sales volume and changes in the geographic mix of our sales as our international operations tend to have a higher cost of revenue as a percentage of sales. Our gross profit is calculated by subtracting our cost of revenue from revenue and is expected to increase in absolute dollars due primarily to increased sales volume and sales mix to customers based in the United States. Our gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, was similar across all periods presented. Our gross margin is impacted by the mix of revenue between the United States, where we earn a higher gross margin that is required to pay sales commissions, and international, where we earn a lower gross margin because the distributor is responsible for paying sales commissions. Sales and Marketing Expenses Our sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of commissions to our domestic and international independent sales agencies, as well as compensation, commissions, benefits and other related personnel 74 | Annual Report 2021 74 best estimate; however, if actual results differ materially from these estimates, we could record an impairment charge which could be material to our consolidated financial statements and have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Components of our Results of Operations Revenue Revenue in the United States is generated primarily from the sale of our implants and, to a much lesser extent, from the sale of our instruments. Sales in the United States are primarily to hospital accounts through independent sales agencies. We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied. This typically occurs when we transfer control of our products to the customer, generally upon implantation or when title passes upon shipment. The products are generally consigned to our independent sales agencies, and revenue is recognized when the products are used by or shipped to the hospital for surgeries on a case by case basis. On rare occasions, hospitals purchase products for their own inventory, and revenue is recognized when the hospital obtains control of the product, typically either upon shipment or delivery of the product dependent on the terms of the contract. Pricing for each customer is dictated by a unique price list and or a pricing agreement. Outside of the United States, we sell our products directly to hospitals through independent sales agencies or to independent stocking distributors. Generally, the distributors are allowed to return products, and some are thinly capitalized. Based on a history of reliable collections, we have concluded that a contract exists and revenue should be recognized when we transfer control of our products to the customer, generally when title passes upon shipment. Additionally, based on our history of immaterial returns from international customers, we have historically estimated no reserve for returns. In early 2017, we expanded operations and established legal entities in the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand permitting us to sell under an agency model direct to local hospitals in these countries. We began selling direct to Canada in September 2018, Belgium and the Netherlands in January 2019, Italy in March 2020 and Germany, Switzerland and Austria in January 2021. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. The products are generally consigned to our independent sales agencies, and revenue is recognized when the products are used by or shipped to the hospital for surgeries on a case by case basis. On rare occasions, hospitals purchase products for their own inventory, and revenue is recognized when the hospital obtains control of the product, typically either upon shipment or delivery of the product dependent on the terms of the contract. Pricing for each customer is dictated by a unique price list and or a pricing agreement. Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit Our cost of revenue consists primarily of products purchased from third-party suppliers, inbound freight, excess and obsolete inventory adjustments and royalties. Our implants and instruments are manufactured to our specifications by third-party suppliers. The majority of our implants and instruments are produced in the United States. We recognize cost of revenue for consigned implants at the time the implant is used in surgery and the related revenue is recognized. Prior to their use in surgery, the cost of consigned implants is recorded as inventory in our balance sheet. The costs of instruments are typically capitalized and not included in cost of revenue unless sold as a set to our international stocking distributors or directly to hospitals. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars due primarily to increased sales volume and changes in the geographic mix of our sales as our international operations tend to have a higher cost of revenue as a percentage of sales. Our gross profit is calculated by subtracting our cost of revenue from revenue and is expected to increase in absolute dollars due primarily to increased sales volume and sales mix to customers based in the United States. Our gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, was similar across all periods presented. Our gross margin is impacted by the mix of revenue between the United States, where we earn a higher gross margin that is required to pay sales commissions, and international, where we earn a lower gross margin because the distributor is responsible for paying sales commissions. Sales and Marketing Expenses Our sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of commissions to our domestic and international independent sales agencies, as well as compensation, commissions, benefits and other related personnel costs. Commissions and bonuses are generally based on a percentage of sales. Our international independent stocking distributors purchase implant and instrument sets and replenishment stock for resale, and we do not pay commissions or any other sales-related costs for these international sales. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars with the commercialization of our current and pipeline products and continued investment in our global sales organization to reach new customers. General and Administrative Expenses Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of compensation, benefits and other related costs for personnel employed in our executive management, administration, finance, legal, quality and regulatory, product management, warehousing, information technology and human resources departments, including stock-based compensation for all personnel, as well as facility costs. We include insurance expenses in general and administrative expenses, as well as costs related to the maintenance and protection of our intellectual property portfolio. Our general and administrative expenses also include the depreciation of our capitalized instrument sets, which represented $5.6 million, $3.8 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional personnel to support the growth of our business as well as increased set deployment. We expect the growth rate of our general and administrative expenses will be lower than the growth rate of our revenue. Legal Settlement Expenses The Company is involved in various legal proceedings. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company accrued $6.3 million as a result of legal settlement negotiations ongoing at that time. During 2021, there were no material adjustments to the accrual and we paid the settlement amounts, resolving the related legal proceedings. See Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for additional details regarding current legal proceedings. Research and Development Expenses Our research and development expenses primarily consist of costs associated with engineering, product development, consulting services, outside prototyping services, outside research activities, materials and development of our intellectual property portfolio. We also include related personnel and consultants’ compensation expense. We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we continue to develop new products to expand our product offering, broaden our intellectual property portfolio and add research and development personnel. Other Expenses Our other expenses primarily consist of fair value adjustments of contingent consideration, accreted interest expense related to the acquisition installment payables and borrowing costs and expenses related to long-term debt. 74 75 Annual Report 2021 | 75   Results of Operations Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020: (in thousands, except percentages) Net revenue Cost of revenue Sales and marketing expenses General and administrative expenses Legal settlement expenses Research and development expenses Other expenses (Income) Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss Revenue 2021 2020 Increase (Decrease) % Increase (Decrease) $ 98,049 $ 71,078 $ 26,971 24,646 39,673 46,061 150 5,543 (636) (1,128) 16,047 31,854 38,317 6,342 5,273 6,912 (723) 8,599 7,819 7,744 (6,192) 270 (7,548) (405) $ (16,260) $ (32,944) $ 16,684 38 % 54 % 25 % 20 % (98) % 5 % (109) % 56 % (51) % The following tables set forth our revenue by geography and product category for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020: (in thousands, except percentages) U.S. International Total (in thousands, except percentages) Trauma and deformity Scoliosis Sports medicine/other Total Revenue by Geography Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ 77,780 20,269 % of revenue 79% 21% 2020 $ 62,966 8,112 % of revenue 89% 11% $ 98,049 100% $ 71,078 100% Revenue by Product Category Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ 65,829 28,046 4,174 % of revenue 67% 29% 4% 2020 $ 47,677 20,738 2,663 % of revenue 67% 29% 4% $ 98,049 100% $ 71,078 100% Net revenue increased $27.0 million, or 38%, from $71.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $98.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by the recovery in both domestic and global markets as the COVID-19 pandemic, including any variants, continues to reach the world at varying times and to varying degrees. Additionally, we continue to see benefit of converting Germany, Austria, and Switzerland to a direct agency. In December 2020, the Company recorded a $2.7 million revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency. Trauma and deformity sales increased $18.2 million, or 38%, primarily driven by increased sales in our PNP Femur, Cannulated Screws and Orthex systems. In December 2020, the Company recorded a $2.7 million revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency which negatively impacted trauma and deformity sales in the prior year. Scoliosis systems increased $7.3 million, or 35%, primarily driven by increased sales of our 4.5/5.0 and 5.5/6.0 RESPONSE systems, and a full year of sales under our ApiFix system. Sports medicine / other increased $1.5 million, or 57% due to the acquisition of Telos, which also experienced recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic. Nearly all the change in each category was due to a change in the unit volume sold and not a result of price changes. 76 | Annual Report 2021 76 Results of Operations Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020: The following tables set forth our revenue by geography and product category for the years ended December 31, (in thousands, except percentages) Net revenue Cost of revenue Sales and marketing expenses General and administrative expenses Legal settlement expenses Research and development expenses Other expenses (Income) Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss Revenue 2021 and 2020: (in thousands, except percentages) U.S. International Total (in thousands, except percentages) Trauma and deformity Scoliosis Total Sports medicine/other 2021 2020 Increase (Decrease) % Increase (Decrease) $ 98,049 $ 71,078 $ 26,971 24,646 39,673 46,061 150 5,543 (636) (1,128) 16,047 31,854 38,317 6,342 5,273 6,912 (723) 8,599 7,819 7,744 (6,192) 270 (7,548) (405) $ (16,260) $ (32,944) $ 16,684 38 % 54 % 25 % 20 % (98) % 5 % (109) % 56 % (51) % Revenue by Geography Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ 77,780 20,269 % of revenue 79% 21% 2020 $ 62,966 8,112 % of revenue 89% 11% $ 98,049 100% $ 71,078 100% Revenue by Product Category Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ 65,829 28,046 4,174 % of revenue 67% 29% 4% 2020 $ 47,677 20,738 2,663 % of revenue 67% 29% 4% $ 98,049 100% $ 71,078 100% Net revenue increased $27.0 million, or 38%, from $71.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $98.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by the recovery in both domestic and global markets as the COVID-19 pandemic, including any variants, continues to reach the world at varying times and to varying degrees. Additionally, we continue to see benefit of converting Germany, Austria, and Switzerland to a direct agency. In December 2020, the Company recorded a $2.7 million revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency. Trauma and deformity sales increased $18.2 million, or 38%, primarily driven by increased sales in our PNP Femur, Cannulated Screws and Orthex systems. In December 2020, the Company recorded a $2.7 million revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency which negatively impacted trauma and deformity sales in the prior year. Scoliosis systems increased $7.3 million, or 35%, primarily driven by increased sales of our 4.5/5.0 and 5.5/6.0 RESPONSE systems, and a full year of sales under our ApiFix system. Sports medicine / other increased $1.5 million, or 57% due to the acquisition of Telos, which also experienced recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic. Nearly all the change in each category was due to a change in the unit volume sold and not a result of price changes. Cost of revenue was $24.6 million and $16.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Gross margin was 75% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 77% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily driven by volume of units sold. The decrease in gross margin was the result of our sales mix to our international distributors which increased over the prior year due to the COVID-19 recovery. Gross margin was also unfavorably impacted by a $0.5 million penalty for purchase commitment minimums which were not achieved due to COVID-19. See note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for additional details of our purchase commitments. Sales and Marketing Expenses Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.8 million, or 24.5%, from $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $39.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was due primarily to increased sales commission expenses, driven by the converted sales agents in our international markets and an overall increase in volume of units sold. General and Administrative Expenses General and administrative expenses increased $7.7 million, or 20%, from $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was due primarily to the addition of personnel and resources to support the continued expansion of our business and increased general and administrative expenses associated with the acquisitions of ApiFix and Telos which were included in our consolidated results for the full year 2021. These increases were offset by the $6.3 million of legal settlement expenses which did not repeat in the current year. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $2.7 million, or 34%, from $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to the amortization on intangible assets acquired through the Telos and ApiFix acquisitions, the purchase of the Band-Lok intellectual property and the purchases of licensing agreements, including the 7D Surgical FLASHTM Navigation platform, FIREFLY, and the license from Dr. Barry. See Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further discussion of this license. Research and Development Expenses Research and development expenses increased $0.3 million, or 5%, from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to incremental product development including the addition of personnel and the support of future growth of our business. Total Other Expenses (Income) Total other expenses decreased $7.5 million, or 109%, from $6.9 million of expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 to income of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The change is driven primarily by the decrease in fair value of the contingent consideration related to the ApiFix acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the change in fair value resulted in income of $1.8 million, compared to expense of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Additionally, interest expense during 2021 was $0.1 million compared to $1.2 million as the Company repaid its outstanding principal amount under its debt agreement during the third quarter 2020. Liquidity and Capital Resources We have incurred operating losses since inception and negative cash flows from operating activities of $13.1 million, $18.5 million and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $178.0 million. We anticipate that our losses will continue in the near term as we continue to expand our product portfolio and invest in additional consigned implant and instrument sets to support our expansion into existing and new markets. Since inception, we have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from the sales of our common and preferred stock, convertible securities and debt, as well as through sales of our products. As of December 31, 2021, we had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $9.0 million and short-term investments of $45.9 million. 76 77 Annual Report 2021 | 77   We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, amounts available under the Loan Agreement, cash receipts from sales of our products and net proceeds from our December 2018, December 2019 and June 2020 follow-on offerings will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. Nonetheless, from time to time, we may seek additional financing sources to meet our working capital requirements, make continued research and development investments and make capital expenditures needed for us to maintain and grow our business. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. It is also possible that we may allocate significant amounts of capital toward products or technologies for which market demand is lower than anticipated and, as a result, abandon such efforts. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on products or technologies that are unsuccessful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, or we may have to scale back our operations. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Cash Flows The following table sets forth our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated: (in thousands) Net cash used in operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash Net increase in cash and restricted cash Cash Used in Operating Activities Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ (13,063) $ (18,530) $ (17,769) (7,411) (69,693) (61,922) 6 (658) 46,732 91,019 (404) 8 $ (21,126) $ (41,895) $ 11,336 Net cash used in operating activities was $13.1 million, $18.5 million and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The primary use of this cash was to fund our operations related to the development and commercialization of our products in each of these years. Net cash used for working capital was $12.6 million, $5.0 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During 2021, the primary uses of cash included the payment of $6.3 million to finalize our legal settlement, an increase of inventory by $5.1 million as we deployed additional inventory, and accounts receivable and accounts payable were uses of $0.5 million and $0.6 million in cash, respectively. These uses of cash were partially offset by cash inflows from other accrued expenses of $1.1 million. During 2020, we increased inventory by $12.1 million as we deployed additional inventory, including $1.6 million due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency, and accounts receivable increased by $0.5 million. These uses of cash for working capital were offset by our legal settlement accrual of $6.3 million and an increase in accounts payable of $3.1 million as we purchased inventory on account for deployment into the field. During 2019, we increased inventory by $9.8 million as we deployed additional inventory and accounts receivable increased by $5.8 million as our sales increased. We had a net loss of $16.3 million, $32.9 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which also drove a difference in the use of operating cash between the periods. Cash Used in Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities was $7.4 million, $69.7 million and $61.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in 2021 consisted primarily of the purchases of licenses of $7.9 million and the purchases of property plant and equipment, primarily instrument sets which were consigned in the United States and select international markets, of $8.1 million. This was partially offset by the sale of short term investments which was a $9.3 million source of cash. Net cash used in investing activities in 2020 consisted primarily of the purchase of short-term investments of $55.0 million, the acquisition of Telos of $1.7 million, net of cash received, the acquisition of ApiFix of $1.7 million, net of cash received, the acquisition of the Band-Lok intellectual property of $0.8 million and the purchases of property plant and equipment, primarily instrument sets, of $10.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities in 78 | Annual Report 2021 78 We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, amounts available under the Loan Agreement, cash receipts from sales of our products and net proceeds from our December 2018, December 2019 and June 2020 follow-on offerings will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. Nonetheless, from time to time, we may seek additional financing sources to meet our working capital requirements, make continued research and development investments and make capital expenditures needed for us to maintain and grow our business. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. It is also possible that we may allocate significant amounts of capital toward products or technologies for which market demand is lower than anticipated and, as a result, abandon such efforts. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on products or technologies that are unsuccessful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, or we may have to scale back our operations. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ (13,063) $ (18,530) $ (17,769) (7,411) (69,693) (61,922) 6 (658) 46,732 91,019 (404) 8 $ (21,126) $ (41,895) $ 11,336 Cash Flows indicated: (in thousands) Net cash used in operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash Net increase in cash and restricted cash Cash Used in Operating Activities Net cash used in operating activities was $13.1 million, $18.5 million and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The primary use of this cash was to fund our operations related to the development and commercialization of our products in each of these years. Net cash used for working capital was $12.6 million, $5.0 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During 2021, the primary uses of cash included the payment of $6.3 million to finalize our legal settlement, an increase of inventory by $5.1 million as we deployed additional inventory, and accounts receivable and accounts payable were uses of $0.5 million and $0.6 million in cash, respectively. These uses of cash were partially offset by cash inflows from other accrued expenses of $1.1 million. During 2020, we increased inventory by $12.1 million as we deployed additional inventory, including $1.6 million due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency, and accounts receivable increased by $0.5 million. These uses of cash for working capital were offset by our legal settlement accrual of $6.3 million and an increase in accounts payable of $3.1 million as we purchased inventory on account for deployment into the field. During 2019, we increased inventory by $9.8 million as we deployed additional inventory and accounts receivable increased by $5.8 million as our sales increased. We had a net loss of $16.3 million, $32.9 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which also drove a difference in the use of operating cash between the periods. Cash Used in Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities was $7.4 million, $69.7 million and $61.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in 2021 consisted primarily of the purchases of licenses of $7.9 million and the purchases of property plant and equipment, primarily instrument sets which were consigned in the United States and select international markets, of $8.1 million. This was partially offset by the sale of short term investments which was a $9.3 million source of cash. Net cash used in investing activities in 2020 consisted primarily of the purchase of short-term investments of $55.0 million, the acquisition of Telos of $1.7 million, net of cash received, the acquisition of ApiFix of $1.7 million, net of cash received, the acquisition of the Band-Lok intellectual property of $0.8 million and the purchases of property plant and equipment, primarily instrument sets, of $10.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities in 2019 consisted primarily of the acquisition of Vilex and Orthex of $49.8 million, net of cash received, and the purchases of instrument sets of $11.8 million. Cash Provided By Financing Activities Net cash provided by financing activities was $6 thousand, $46.7 million and $91.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2021 were immaterial to the results of our operations. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2020 consisted primarily of the proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $70.2 million, net of issuance costs and $1.6 million from the exercise of stock options, offset by the payment of $25.0 million of the revolving credit facility and term loan with Squadron. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2019 consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs, of $60.0 million and $1.1 million related to proceeds from the exercise of stock options. We also had $30.0 million of proceeds from Term Loan B in 2019. Indebtedness Loan Agreement On December 31, 2017, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Squadron Capital LLC, or Squadron, the Company's largest investor. Under the terms of the Loan Agreement, Squadron provided us a term loan in the principal amount of $20.0 million, represented by a Term Note A, and a revolving loan in an aggregate principal amount to not exceed $15.0 million, represented by a Revolving Note. Interest on the Term Note A and Revolving Note accrued at the greater of (a) three month LIBOR plus 8.61% and (b) 10.0%. In order to finance a portion of the cash consideration for the acquisition of the Vilex Companies, the Company entered into a First Amendment, or the First Amendment, to the Loan Agreement (as so amended, the "First Amended Loan Agreement"), with Squadron. The First Amended Loan Agreement provided for a new $30.0 million term loan facility, represented by a Term Note B, in addition to the existing $20.0 million Term Note A and $15.0 million revolving credit facility. Similar to the other facilities under the First Amended Loan Agreement, the Term Note B was subject to interest only payments at an interest rate equal to the greater of (a) three month LIBOR plus 8.61%, and (b) 10.00%. The Term Note B, which would have matured no later than May 31, 2020, was paid in full on December 31, 2019 using $25.0 million received in exchange for the divestiture of the adult product offerings of Vilex and the related Orthex license agreement, and $5.0 million from the available Squadron revolving credit facility. On January 4, 2020, the Company repaid $5.0 million on the revolving credit facility with Squadron. On July 15, 2020, the Company repaid the $20.0 million principal amount outstanding under the Term Note A, together with all unpaid interest and other related amounts payable. On August 4, 2020, the Company entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to its First Amended Loan Agreement with Squadron (as so further amended, the “Second Amended Loan Agreement”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the First Amended Loan Agreement’s revolving credit commitment was increased from the previously established $15 million to $25 million and the maturity date was extended from January 31, 2023 to January 1, 2024. The Company also agreed to pay Squadron an unused commitment fee in an amount equal to the per annum rate of 0.50% (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed) times the daily unused portion of the revolving credit commitment. The unused commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrears. Effective December 31, 2021, the Company entered into a Third Amendment (the "Third Amendment") to its Second Amended Loan Agreement with Squadron (as so further amended, the "Third Amended Loan Agreement"). The Third Amendment addresses the transition of the interest rate calculation from LIBOR to a SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) based rate. The previous interest rate on the facilities was at the greater of (a) three month LIBOR plus 8.61% and (b) 10.0%. Following the Third Amendment, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility is the greater of (a) six month SOFR plus 8.69% and (b) 10.0%. Following repayment of the Term Note A and Term Note B, there are no outstanding term loan obligations under the Third Amended Loan Agreement. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be made under a First Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated August 4, 2020 (the “Amended Revolving Note”), payable, jointly and severally, by the Company and each of its subsidiaries party thereto. The Amended Revolving Note will mature at the earlier of: (i) the date on which 78 79 Annual Report 2021 | 79   any person or persons acquire (x) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer), or (y) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, determined on a consolidated basis; and (ii) January 1, 2024. Borrowings under the Third Amended Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and are unconditionally guaranteed by each of its subsidiaries with the exception of Vilex. There are no traditional financial covenants associated with the Third Amended Loan Agreement. However, there are negative covenants that prohibit us from, among other things, transferring any of our material assets, merging with or acquiring another entity, entering into a transaction that would result in a change of control, incurring additional indebtedness, creating any lien on our property, making investments in third parties and redeeming stock or paying dividends, in each case subject to certain exceptions as further detailed in the Third Amended Loan Agreement. The Third Amended Loan Agreement includes events of default, the occurrence and continuation of any of which provides Squadron with the right to exercise remedies against us and the collateral securing the loans, including cash. These events of default include, among other things, the failure to pay amounts due under the credit facilities, insolvency, the occurrence of a material adverse event, which includes a material adverse change in our business, operations or properties (financial or otherwise) or a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the obligations, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness and a final judgment against us in an amount greater than $250 thousand. The occurrence of a material adverse change could result in the acceleration of payment of the debt. Mortgage Note In August 2013, pursuant to the purchase of our office and warehouse space, we entered into a mortgage note payable to Tawani Enterprises Inc., the owner of which is a member of Squadron’s management committee. Pursuant to the terms of the mortgage note, we pay Tawani Enterprises Inc. monthly principal and interest installments of $15,543, with interest compounded at 5% until maturity in August 2028, at which time a final payment of remaining principal and interest will become due. The mortgage is secured by the related real estate and building. The mortgage balance was $1.0 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Contractual Obligations and Commitments The Company's cash requirements within the next twelve months include accounts payable, accrued compensation and benefits, current maturities of long-term debt, current portion of acquisition installment payable and other current liabilities. The acquisition installment payable is related to the acquisition of ApiFix - See Note 3. Business Combinations in Item 8 for further detail of the acquisition and the acquisition installment payables. Our long-term cash requirements under various contractual obligations and commitments include: • • Debt obligations and interest payments - See Note 9. Debt and Credit Arrangements in Item 8 for further detail regarding our debt and the timing of expected future principal and interest payments. Acquisition installment payables, net of current portion and contingent consideration - See Note 3. Business Combinations in Item 8 for further detail regarding our obligations and timing of expected future payments. • Minimum purchase obligations - Purchase obligations include agreements for purchases of product in the normal course of business, including minimum quantities required pursuant to our license agreements. See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further detail regarding these requirements. • • Lease Obligations - See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further detail regarding our lease obligations. Royalties - See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further detail regarding minimum royalty obligations. Pediatric Orthopedic Business Seasonality 80 | Annual Report 2021 80 any person or persons acquire (x) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer), or (y) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, determined on a consolidated basis; and (ii) January 1, 2024. Borrowings under the Third Amended Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and are unconditionally guaranteed by each of its subsidiaries with the exception of Vilex. There are no traditional financial covenants associated with the Third Amended Loan Agreement. However, there are negative covenants that prohibit us from, among other things, transferring any of our material assets, merging with or acquiring another entity, entering into a transaction that would result in a change of control, incurring additional indebtedness, creating any lien on our property, making investments in third parties and redeeming stock or paying dividends, in each case subject to certain exceptions as further detailed in the Third Amended Loan Agreement. The Third Amended Loan Agreement includes events of default, the occurrence and continuation of any of which provides Squadron with the right to exercise remedies against us and the collateral securing the loans, including cash. These events of default include, among other things, the failure to pay amounts due under the credit facilities, insolvency, the occurrence of a material adverse event, which includes a material adverse change in our business, operations or properties (financial or otherwise) or a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the obligations, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness and a final judgment against us in an amount greater than $250 thousand. The occurrence of a material adverse change could result in the acceleration of payment of the debt. Mortgage Note In August 2013, pursuant to the purchase of our office and warehouse space, we entered into a mortgage note payable to Tawani Enterprises Inc., the owner of which is a member of Squadron’s management committee. Pursuant to the terms of the mortgage note, we pay Tawani Enterprises Inc. monthly principal and interest installments of $15,543, with interest compounded at 5% until maturity in August 2028, at which time a final payment of remaining principal and interest will become due. The mortgage is secured by the related real estate and building. The mortgage balance was $1.0 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Contractual Obligations and Commitments The Company's cash requirements within the next twelve months include accounts payable, accrued compensation and benefits, current maturities of long-term debt, current portion of acquisition installment payable and other current liabilities. The acquisition installment payable is related to the acquisition of ApiFix - See Note 3. Business Combinations in Item 8 for further detail of the acquisition and the acquisition installment payables. Debt obligations and interest payments - See Note 9. Debt and Credit Arrangements in Item 8 for further detail regarding our debt and the timing of expected future principal and interest payments. Acquisition installment payables, net of current portion and contingent consideration - See Note 3. Business Combinations in Item 8 for further detail regarding our obligations and timing of expected future payments. • Minimum purchase obligations - Purchase obligations include agreements for purchases of product in the normal course of business, including minimum quantities required pursuant to our license agreements. See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further detail regarding these requirements. Lease Obligations - See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further detail regarding Royalties - See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 for further detail regarding minimum • • • • our lease obligations. royalty obligations. Pediatric Orthopedic Business Seasonality Our revenue is typically higher in the summer months and holiday periods, driven by higher sales of our trauma and deformity and scoliosis products, which is influenced by the higher incidence of pediatric surgeries during these periods due to recovery time provided by breaks in the school year. Additionally, our scoliosis patients tend to have additional health challenges that make scheduling their procedures variable in nature. Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We monitor and analyze these items for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report, we believe the following accounting policies are most critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results and require significant or complex judgment and estimates on the part of management. Revenue Recognition In the United States and in thirteen international markets, we primarily sell our implants, and to a much lesser extent our instruments, through third-party independent sales agencies to medical facilities and hospitals. For such sales, revenue and associated cost of revenue is recognized when a product is used in a procedure. In a few cases, hospitals purchase our products for their own inventory, and such revenue and associated cost of revenue is recognized when a product is shipped or delivered and the title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Outside of the United States, we sell our products directly to hospitals through independent sales agencies or to independent stocking distributors. Generally, the distributors are allowed to return products, and some are thinly capitalized. Based on a history of reliable collections, we have concluded that a contract exists and revenue should be recognized when we transfer control of our products to the customer, generally when title passes upon shipment. Additionally, based on our history of immaterial returns from international customers, we have historically estimated no reserve for returns. Our long-term cash requirements under various contractual obligations and commitments include: Inventory Valuation Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in-first-out method. Inventory, which consists of implants and instruments included in deployed sets in the field or held in our warehouse, is considered finished goods and is purchased from third parties. We evaluate the carrying value of our inventory in relation to the estimated forecast of product demand, which takes into consideration the life cycle of the products. A significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory on hand, which could lead to additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory. The need to maintain substantial levels of inventory impacts our estimates for excess and obsolete inventory. Each of our systems are designed to include implantable products that come in different sizes and shapes to accommodate the surgeon’s needs. Typically, a small number of the set components are used in each surgical procedure. Certain components within each set may become obsolete before other components based on the usage patterns. We adjust inventory values to reflect these usage patterns and life cycle. In addition, we continue to introduce new products, which we believe will increase our revenue. As a result, we may be required to take additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory in the future. 80 81 Annual Report 2021 | 81   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Our goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant such a review. The goodwill is considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying value of our one reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value. We have indefinite lived trademark assets that are reviewed for impairment by performing a quantitative analysis, which occurs annually in the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to future net discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. Calculating net discounted cash flows requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues and discount rates. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value of of trademarks. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the assets. During 2021, the estimated fair values for certain intangible assets exceeded its carrying value by narrow margins. We believe that the expected future cash flows represent management's best estimate; however, if actual results differ materially from these estimates, we could record an impairment charge related to these intangible assets which could be material to our consolidated financial statements and have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Net Operating Losses As of December 31, 2021, we had federal, state and foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $114.0 million, $74.0 million and $22.7 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2028 unless utilized. The deferred tax assets, except for those recorded in Israel, were fully offset by a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and no income tax benefit has been recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, annual use of our pre- change NOLs may be limited in the post-change period in the event that an ‘‘ownership change’’ occurs, which is generally defined as a cumulative change in equity ownership by ‘‘5% shareholders’’ that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. We determined that an ownership change occurred on May 30, 2014, resulting in a limitation of approximately $1.1 million per year being imposed on the use of our pre-change NOLs of approximately $45.2 million. An additional Section 382 ownership change was deemed to have occurred following our follow-on offering in December 2018 resulting in a limitation of approximately $9.7 million per year. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Risk Our cash and short term investment balances as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are related to our investment portfolio which consists largely of debt instruments of high quality corporate issuers. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we have assessed that there is no material exposure to interest rate risk arising from our investments. Fixed rate investments and borrowings may have their fair market value adversely impacted from changes in interest rates. Based upon our overall interest rate exposure as of December 31, 2021, a change of 10% in interest rates, assuming the amount of our investment portfolio and overall economic environment remains constant, would not have a material effect on interest income. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve the principal while at the same time maximizing yields without significantly increasing the risk. To achieve this objective, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy. None of our investments are held for trading purposes. Our policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument. As of December 31, 2021, we only held investments in securities of a short-term nature classified as cash equivalents or short-term investments. During the periods presented, we did not hold any investments that were in a significant unrealized loss position and no impairment charges were recorded. Realized gains and losses and interest income related to short term investments were immaterial during all periods presented. 82 | Annual Report 2021 82 Foreign Currency A substantial portion of our operations are located in the United States, and the majority of our sales since inception have been made in United States dollars. Accordingly, we have assessed that we do not have any material net exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations. However, as our business in markets outside of the United States continues to increase, we will be exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to our foreign operations. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the United States dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the Pound Sterling, the Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar and Israeli Shekel, could adversely affect our financial results, including our revenues, revenue growth rates, gross margins, income and losses as well as assets and liabilities. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, but we may choose to do so in the future. We estimate that an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates not currently pegged to the U.S. dollar would have increased our reported net loss by an immaterial amount for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Our goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant such a review. The goodwill is considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying value of our one reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value. We have indefinite lived trademark assets that are reviewed for impairment by performing a quantitative analysis, which occurs annually in the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to future net discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. Calculating net discounted cash flows requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues and discount rates. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value of of trademarks. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the assets. During 2021, the estimated fair values for certain intangible assets exceeded its carrying value by narrow margins. We believe that the expected future cash flows represent management's best estimate; however, if actual results differ materially from these estimates, we could record an impairment charge related to these intangible assets which could be material to our consolidated financial statements and have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Net Operating Losses As of December 31, 2021, we had federal, state and foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $114.0 million, $74.0 million and $22.7 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2028 unless utilized. The deferred tax assets, except for those recorded in Israel, were fully offset by a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and no income tax benefit has been recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, annual use of our pre- change NOLs may be limited in the post-change period in the event that an ‘‘ownership change’’ occurs, which is generally defined as a cumulative change in equity ownership by ‘‘5% shareholders’’ that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. We determined that an ownership change occurred on May 30, 2014, resulting in a limitation of approximately $1.1 million per year being imposed on the use of our pre-change NOLs of approximately $45.2 million. An additional Section 382 ownership change was deemed to have occurred following our follow-on offering in December 2018 resulting in a limitation of approximately $9.7 million per year. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Risk Our cash and short term investment balances as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are related to our investment portfolio which consists largely of debt instruments of high quality corporate issuers. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we have assessed that there is no material exposure to interest rate risk arising from our investments. Fixed rate investments and borrowings may have their fair market value adversely impacted from changes in interest rates. Based upon our overall interest rate exposure as of December 31, 2021, a change of 10% in interest rates, assuming the amount of our investment portfolio and overall economic environment remains constant, would not have a material effect on interest income. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve the principal while at the same time maximizing yields without significantly increasing the risk. To achieve this objective, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy. None of our investments are held for trading purposes. Our policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument. As of December 31, 2021, we only held investments in securities of a short-term nature classified as cash equivalents or short-term investments. During the periods presented, we did not hold any investments that were in a significant unrealized loss position and no impairment charges were recorded. Realized gains and losses and interest income related to short term investments were immaterial during all periods presented. 82 83 Annual Report 2021 | 83   ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of OrthoPediatrics Corp. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OrthoPediatrics Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Emphasis of Matter The Company has significant transactions and relationships with a related party that are described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Indianapolis, Indiana March 3, 2022 We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015. 84 | Annual Report 2021 84 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of OrthoPediatrics Corp. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OrthoPediatrics Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Emphasis of Matter /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Indianapolis, Indiana March 3, 2022 We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015. ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share and per share information) ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash Short term investments Accounts receivable - trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $347 and $433, respectively Inventories, net Notes receivable Prepaid expenses and other current assets Total current assets Property and equipment, net Other assets: Amortizable intangible assets, net Goodwill Other intangible assets Total other assets Total assets LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable - trade Accrued compensation and benefits Accrued legal settlements Current portion of long-term debt with affiliate Current portion of acquisition installment payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Long-term debt with affiliate, net of current portion Acquisition installment payable, net of current portion Contingent consideration Deferred income taxes Other long-term liabilities Total long-term liabilities Total liabilities The Company has significant transactions and relationships with a related party that are described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter. Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) Stockholders' equity: Common stock, $0.00025 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 19,677,214 shares and 19,560,291 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 Additional paid-in capital Accumulated deficit Accumulated other comprehensive income Total stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity See notes to consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2021 2020 $ 7,641 $ 28,758 1,365 45,902 17,942 57,569 — 3,229 1,374 55,141 17,212 52,989 337 2,618 133,648 158,429 28,515 27,227 55,494 72,349 14,268 50,284 70,511 13,961 142,111 134,756 $ 304,274 $ 320,412 $ 9,325 $ 10,038 5,351 — 137 12,862 2,040 29,715 907 14,309 28,910 4,771 293 49,190 78,905 4,540 6,342 131 12,233 1,744 35,028 1,044 12,784 30,710 5,755 323 50,616 85,644 5 5 394,899 388,622 (178,026) (161,766) 8,491 7,907 225,369 234,768 $ 304,274 $ 320,412 84 85 Annual Report 2021 | 85   ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except share and per share information) Net revenue Cost of revenue Gross profit Operating expenses: Sales and marketing General and administrative Legal settlement expenses Research and development Total operating expenses Operating loss Other expenses: Interest expense, net Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration Other expense (income) Total other expenses Loss before income taxes Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net loss Weighted average common shares - basic and diluted Net loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss from discontinued operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss per share - basic and diluted Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ 98,049 $ 71,078 $ 72,552 24,646 73,403 39,673 46,061 150 5,543 91,427 16,047 55,031 31,854 38,317 6,342 5,273 81,786 17,933 54,619 31,284 26,664 — 5,748 63,696 (18,024) (26,755) (9,077) 2,247 (1,800) (1,083) (636) 3,412 3,520 (20) 6,912 3,538 — 70 3,608 (17,388) (33,667) (12,685) (1,128) (723) — (16,260) (32,944) (12,685) — — (1,046) $ (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (13,731) 19,268,255 18,056,828 14,624,194 $ $ $ (0.84) $ (1.82) $ — $ — $ (0.84) $ (1.82) $ (0.87) (0.07) (0.94) See notes to consolidated financial statements. 86 | Annual Report 2021 86 ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except share and per share information) Net revenue Cost of revenue Gross profit Operating expenses: Sales and marketing General and administrative Legal settlement expenses Research and development Total operating expenses Operating loss Other expenses: Interest expense, net Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration Other expense (income) Total other expenses Loss before income taxes Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net loss Weighted average common shares - basic and diluted Net loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss from discontinued operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss per share - basic and diluted See notes to consolidated financial statements. Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ 98,049 $ 71,078 $ 72,552 24,646 73,403 39,673 46,061 150 5,543 91,427 2,247 (1,800) (1,083) (636) 16,047 55,031 31,854 38,317 6,342 5,273 81,786 3,412 3,520 (20) 6,912 17,933 54,619 31,284 26,664 — 5,748 63,696 3,538 — 70 3,608 (18,024) (26,755) (9,077) (17,388) (33,667) (12,685) (1,128) (723) — (16,260) (32,944) (12,685) — — (1,046) $ (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (13,731) 19,268,255 18,056,828 14,624,194 $ $ $ (0.84) $ (1.82) $ — $ — $ (0.84) $ (1.82) $ (0.87) (0.07) (0.94) ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (in thousands) Net loss Other comprehensive (loss) income: Foreign currency translation adjustment Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments Other comprehensive income, net of tax Comprehensive loss Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (13,731) 1,157 (573) 584 7,857 53 7,910 620 — 620 $ (15,676) $ (25,034) $ (13,111) See notes to consolidated financial statements. 86 87 Annual Report 2021 | 87   ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands, except share information) Common Stock Shares Value Additional Paid-in Capital Accumulated Deficit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total Stockholders' Equity Balance at January 1, 2019 14,538,202 $ 4 $ 197,442 $ (115,091) $ (623) $ 81,732 Net loss Consideration for Vilex and Orthex Acquisition Restricted stock Stock option exercise Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost Other comprehensive income — 245,352 145,153 38,921 1,755,500 — — — — — — — — (13,731) 10,000 2,603 1,141 59,996 — — — — — — — — — — — 620 (13,731) 10,000 2,603 1,141 59,996 620 Balance at December 31, 2019 16,723,128 $ 4 $ 271,182 $ (128,822) $ (3) $ 142,361 Net loss Restricted stock Stock option exercise Consideration for ApiFix and Telos acquisitions and Band- Lok intellectual property purchase Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost Other comprehensive income — 162,125 53,270 1,025,782 1,595,986 — — — — — 1 — — 6,196 1,650 39,388 70,206 — (32,944) — — — — — — — — — — 7,910 (32,944) 6,196 1,650 39,388 70,207 7,910 Balance at December 31, 2020 19,560,291 $ 5 $ 388,622 $ (161,766) $ 7,907 $ 234,768 Net Loss Stock option exercise Restricted stock Consideration for Devise Ortho acquired assets Other comprehensive income — 4,422 107,902 4,599 — — — — — — — 137 5,842 298 — (16,260) — — — — — — — — 584 (16,260) 137 5,842 298 584 Balance at December 31, 2021 19,677,214 $ 5 $ 394,899 $ (178,026) $ 8,491 $ 225,369 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 88 | Annual Report 2021 88 Balance at December 31, 2019 16,723,128 $ 4 $ 271,182 $ (128,822) $ (3) $ 142,361 ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands, except share information) Common Stock Shares Value Additional Paid-in Accumulated Capital Deficit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Stockholders' Total Equity Balance at January 1, 2019 14,538,202 $ 4 $ 197,442 $ (115,091) $ (623) $ 81,732 — (13,731) (13,731) Net loss Consideration for Vilex and Orthex Acquisition Restricted stock Stock option exercise Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost 1,755,500 Other comprehensive income Net loss Restricted stock Stock option exercise Consideration for ApiFix and Telos acquisitions and Band- Lok intellectual property purchase Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost Other comprehensive income Net Loss Stock option exercise Restricted stock Consideration for Devise Ortho acquired assets Other comprehensive income — 245,352 145,153 38,921 — — 162,125 53,270 1,025,782 1,595,986 — — 4,422 107,902 4,599 — — — — — — — — — — — 1 — — — — — — 10,000 2,603 1,141 59,996 — — 6,196 1,650 39,388 70,206 — — 137 5,842 298 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (32,944) (16,260) — — — — — 620 — — — — — — — — — 584 7,910 10,000 2,603 1,141 59,996 620 (32,944) 6,196 1,650 39,388 70,207 7,910 (16,260) 137 5,842 298 584 Balance at December 31, 2020 19,560,291 $ 5 $ 388,622 $ (161,766) $ 7,907 $ 234,768 Balance at December 31, 2021 19,677,214 $ 5 $ 394,899 $ (178,026) $ 8,491 $ 225,369 See notes to consolidated financial statements. ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net loss Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: Loss on sale of discontinued operations Depreciation and amortization Stock-based compensation Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration Acquisition installment payable Deferred income taxes Changes in certain current assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable - trade Inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Accounts payable - trade Accrued legal settlements Accrued expenses and other liabilities Other Net cash used in operating activities - continuing operations Net cash used by operating activities - discontinued operations Net cash used in operating activities INVESTING ACTIVITIES Acquisition of Devise Ortho assets Acquisition of Telos, net of cash acquired Acquisition of ApiFix, net of cash acquired Acquisition of Band-Lok intangible assets Acquisition of Vilex and Orthex, net of cash acquired Purchases of licenses Sale of short term investments Purchase of short term investments Purchases of property and equipment Net cash used in investing activities FINANCING ACTIVITIES Payments on note with affiliate Proceeds from issuance of debt with affiliate Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs Proceeds from exercise of stock options Payments on mortgage notes Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period Cash and restricted cash, end of period Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (13,731) — 10,680 5,842 (1,800) 2,154 (1,128) — 8,010 6,196 3,520 2,397 (723) (466) (451) (5,050) (12,070) (637) (567) (6,342) 1,095 (584) (719) 3,071 6,342 (1,074) (85) 210 4,671 2,603 — — — (5,820) (9,767) (137) 2,401 — 1,946 (1) (13,063) (18,530) (17,625) — — (144) (13,063) (18,530) (17,769) (650) — — — — (7,908) 9,250 — (8,103) (7,411) — — — 137 (131) 6 (658) — (1,670) (1,723) (796) — — — (55,000) (10,504) (69,693) (25,000) — 70,207 1,650 (125) — — — — (49,836) (270) — — (11,816) (61,922) — 30,000 59,996 1141 (118) 46,732 91,019 (404) (21,126) (41,895) 30,132 72,027 8 11,336 60,691 $ 9,006 $ 30,132 $ 72,027 88 89 Annual Report 2021 | 89   2021 2020 2019 56 $ 1,233 $ 453 $ 415 $ 4,229 1,037 — $ — $ — $ 10,000 1,568 $ — — — — — $ 35,176 $ — $ 2,644 $ 298 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 25,000 — $ 5,000 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES Cash paid for interest Transfer of instruments from property and equipment to inventory Issuance of common shares to acquire Vilex and Orthex Issuance of common shares to acquire Telos Issuance of common shares to acquire ApiFix Issuance of common shares to purchase Band-Lok intellectual property Issuance of common shares to purchase Devise Ortho assets Divestiture consideration allocated to assets held for sale (See Note 4) Payment of Term Note B with revolving credit facility (See Note 9) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ See notes to consolidated financial statements. 90 | Annual Report 2021 90 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES Cash paid for interest Transfer of instruments from property and equipment to inventory Issuance of common shares to acquire Vilex and Orthex Issuance of common shares to acquire Telos Issuance of common shares to acquire ApiFix Issuance of common shares to purchase Band-Lok intellectual property Issuance of common shares to purchase Devise Ortho assets Divestiture consideration allocated to assets held for sale (See Note 4) Payment of Term Note B with revolving credit facility (See Note 9) 2021 2020 2019 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 56 $ 1,233 $ 453 $ 415 $ 4,229 1,037 — $ — $ — $ 10,000 1,568 $ — $ 35,176 $ — $ 2,644 $ 298 $ — $ — — — — — $ — $ — $ 25,000 — $ 5,000 See notes to consolidated financial statements. ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands, except per share information) NOTE 1 – BUSINESS OrthoPediatrics Corp., a Delaware corporation, is a medical device company committed to designing, developing and marketing anatomically appropriate implants and devices for children with orthopedic conditions, giving pediatric orthopedic surgeons and caregivers the ability to treat children with technologies specifically designed to meet their needs. We sell our specialized products, including PediLoc®, PediPlates®, Cannulated Screws, PediFlexTM nail, PediNailTM, PediLoc® Tibia, ACL Reconstruction System, Locking Cannulated Blade, Locking Proximal Femur, Spica Tables, RESPONSETM Spine, BandLocTM, Pediatric Nailing Platform | Femur, Orthex, QuickPackTM and ApiFix® Mid-C System, to various hospitals and medical facilities throughout the United States and various international markets. We currently use a contract manufacturing model for the manufacturing of implants and related surgical instrumentation. We are the only global medical device company focused exclusively on providing a comprehensive trauma and deformity correction, scoliosis and sports medicine product offering to the pediatric orthopedic market in order to improve the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. Since inception we have impacted the lives of over 234,000 children. We design, develop and commercialize innovative orthopedic implants and instruments to meet the specialized needs of pediatric surgeons and their patients, who we believe have been largely neglected by the orthopedic industry. We currently serve three of the largest categories in this market. We estimate that the portion of this market that we currently serve represents a $3,300 opportunity globally, including over $1,500 in the United States. A novel strain of the coronavirus disease was first identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019, and the related outbreak was subsequently declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the President of the United States. As a result of the pandemic, we have experienced significant business disruption. For example, in preparation for COVID-19-related hospitalizations, various governments, governmental agencies and hospital administrators have instructed hospitals to postpone some elective procedures. As a majority of our products are utilized in elective surgeries or procedures, the deferrals of such surgeries and procedures have had, and may continue to have, a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations. Despite the impact COVID-19 has had on our business, we continued to invest in research and development, invest in our people, and take steps to position ourselves for long-term success. During 2020, we raised additional capital to solidify our financial foundation. We continued to train and educate our sales team and our surgeons on our products. During 2020 and 2021, we continued to focus on developing innovative solutions, acquired multiple enabling technologies, invested in both new and existing partnerships and continued to deploy additional consigned instrument and implant sets in furtherance of our strategy. The extent to which COVID-19 may continue to negatively impact the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows is uncertain and will be closely monitored. NOTE 2 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OrthoPediatrics Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, OrthoPediatrics US Distribution Corp., OrthoPediatrics EU Limited, OrthoPediatrics AUS PTY LTD, OrthoPediatrics NZ Limited, OP EU B.V., OP Netherlands B.V., Orthex, LLC, Telos Partners, LLC and ApiFix, Ltd. (collectively, the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The results of Vilex have been classified as discontinued operations within the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming our Company will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 90 91 Annual Report 2021 | 91   recurring losses from operations since our inception and had an accumulated deficit of $178,026 and $161,766 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Use of Estimates Preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We use historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for our judgments and estimates. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Any changes in these estimates will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Foreign Currency Transactions We currently bill our international stocking distributors in U.S. dollars, resulting in minimal foreign exchange transaction expense. Beginning in early 2017 and continuing through 2021, we expanded operations and established legal entities outside the United States, permitting us to sell under an agency model direct to local hospitals internationally. The countries we serve under the agency model include the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Belgium, the Netherlands, Poland, Italy, Israel, Germany, Switzerland, and Australia. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. The financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries are accounted for in local functional currencies and have been translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates during each reporting period for results of operations. Foreign currency translation adjustments have been recorded as a separate component of the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The accounting standards related to fair value measurements define fair value and provide a consistent framework for measuring fair value under the authoritative literature. Valuation techniques are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect readily obtainable data from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. This guidance only applies when other standards require or permit the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities. The guidance does not expand the use of fair value measurements. A fair value hierarchy was established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. Generally, these fair value measures are model-based valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows, and are based on the best information available, including our own data. The Company's financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, acquisition installment payables, contingent consideration and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, acquisition installment payables and long-term debt approximate the fair value due to the short-term nature or market rates of these instruments. The company bases the fair value of short-term investments on quoted market prices for identical or comparable assets except for investments classified as asset backed securities which we identify as Level 2. These securities are predominately priced by third parties, either a pricing vendor or dealer. When a quoted price in an active market for an identical security is not available these third parties will utilize an alternative market approach, such as a recent trade or matrix pricing, or an income approach, such as a discounted cash flow pricing model that calculates values from observable inputs such as quoted interest rates, yield curves and other observable market information. Contingent consideration represents the system sales payment the Company is obligated to make. The fair value of the contingent consideration payment is considered a level 3 fair value measurement and was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation specialist at the original issuance date and as of the 92 | Annual Report 2021 92 recurring losses from operations since our inception and had an accumulated deficit of $178,026 and $161,766 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. balance sheet date. See Note 6 for further discussion of financial instruments that carried a fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis. Use of Estimates Revenue from Contracts with Customers Preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We use historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for our judgments and estimates. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Any changes in these estimates will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements. In accordance with ASC 606, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," revenue is recognized when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied. This typically occurs when we transfer control of our products to the customers, generally upon implantation or when title passes upon shipment. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services, and excludes any sales incentives or taxes collected from a customer which are subsequently remitted to government authorities. Foreign Currency Transactions transaction expense. We currently bill our international stocking distributors in U.S. dollars, resulting in minimal foreign exchange Beginning in early 2017 and continuing through 2021, we expanded operations and established legal entities outside the United States, permitting us to sell under an agency model direct to local hospitals internationally. The countries we serve under the agency model include the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Belgium, the Netherlands, Poland, Italy, Israel, Germany, Switzerland, and Australia. Additionally, in March 2019, we established an operating company in the Netherlands in order to enhance our operations in Europe. The financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries are accounted for in local functional currencies and have been translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates during each reporting period for results of operations. Foreign currency translation adjustments have been recorded as a separate component of the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The accounting standards related to fair value measurements define fair value and provide a consistent framework for measuring fair value under the authoritative literature. Valuation techniques are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect readily obtainable data from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. This guidance only applies when other standards require or permit the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities. The guidance does not expand the use of fair value measurements. A fair value hierarchy was established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. Generally, these fair value measures are model-based valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows, and are based on the best information available, including our own data. The Company's financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, acquisition installment payables, contingent consideration and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, acquisition installment payables and long-term debt approximate the fair value due to the short-term nature or market rates of these instruments. The company bases the fair value of short-term investments on quoted market prices for identical or comparable assets except for investments classified as asset backed securities which we identify as Level 2. These securities are predominately priced by third parties, either a pricing vendor or dealer. When a quoted price in an active market for an identical security is not available these third parties will utilize an alternative market approach, such as a recent trade or matrix pricing, or an income approach, such as a discounted cash flow pricing model that calculates values from observable inputs such as quoted interest rates, yield curves and other observable market information. Contingent consideration represents the system sales payment the Company is obligated to make. The fair value of the contingent consideration payment is considered a level 3 fair value measurement and was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation specialist at the original issuance date and as of the Revenue Recognition – United States Revenue in the United States is generated primarily from the sale of our implants and, to a much lesser extent, from the sale of our instruments. Sales in the United States are primarily to hospital accounts through independent sales agencies. We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied. The products are generally consigned to our independent sales agencies, and revenue is recognized when the products are used by or shipped to the hospital for surgeries on a case by case basis. On rare occasions, hospitals purchase product for their own inventory, and revenue is recognized when the products are shipped and the title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Pricing for each customer is dictated by a unique pricing agreement. Revenue Recognition – International Outside of the United States, we sell our products directly to hospitals through independent sales agencies or to independent stocking distributors. Generally, the distributors are allowed to return products, and some are thinly capitalized. Based on a history of reliable collections, we have concluded that a contract exists and revenue should be recognized when we transfer control of our products to the customer, generally when title passes upon shipment. Additionally, based on our history of immaterial returns from international customers, we have historically estimated no reserve for returns. Beginning in early 2017and continuing through 2021, we expanded operations and established legal entities outside the United States, permitting us to sell under an agency model direct to local hospitals internationally. In the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a $2,730 revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency. The products are generally consigned to our independent sales agencies, and revenue is recognized when the products are used by or shipped to the hospital for surgeries on a case by case basis. On rare occasions, hospitals purchase products for their own inventory, and revenue is recognized when title passes upon shipment. Pricing for each customer is dictated by a unique pricing agreement. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short Term Investments We maintain cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. To date, we have not experienced any loss in such accounts. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturity of three months or less at inception to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash are valued at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company invests in available-for-sale short term investments. The Company has the ability, if necessary, to liquidate without penalty any of its short term investments to meet its liquidity needs in the next twelve months. As such, those investments with contractual maturities greater than one year from the date of purchase are classified as short-term on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The company includes unrealized gains or losses, as a component of other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. If the adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the investment, the Company considers available information to determine whether the decline is "other than temporary" and, if so, reflects the change on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no such losses recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. 92 93 Annual Report 2021 | 93   Restricted Cash In conjunction with the sale of Vilex, $1,250 was placed into a separate escrow account. This cash is reported as restricted cash on the December 31, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Balance Sheets. These funds were to remain restricted until August 31, 2021 at which time, they were to be released to the Company subject to no claims related to the purchase; however, due to the pending IMED Surgical litigation, the cash remains reported as restricted until the conclusion of the legal matter. See Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies for further detail. The Company also maintains restricted cash of 100 Euro at its Netherlands entity for potential Italian tenders. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Accounts receivable are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms, generally requiring payment within 30 days from the invoice date in the United States and within 90 days internationally. Account balances with invoices over 30 or 90 days past due for domestic and international accounts, respectively, are considered delinquent. No interest is charged on past due accounts. Payments of accounts receivable are applied to the specific invoices identified on the customer's remittance advice or, if unspecified, to the customer's account as an unapplied credit. The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected, determined principally on the basis of historical experience, management's assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts and the aging of the accounts receivable. All accounts or portions thereof deemed to be uncollectible or to require an excessive collection cost are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $347 and $433 as of year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts: Balance at beginning of year Adjustments charged to expense (income) Write-offs Balance at end of year Inventories, net 2021 December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 433 $ 506 $ (5) 81 274 347 347 $ 433 $ 134 424 52 506 Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in-first-out method. Inventories, which consist of implants and instruments held in our warehouse, with third-party independent sales agencies or distributors, or consigned directly with hospitals, are considered finished goods and are purchased from third parties. We evaluate the carrying value of our inventories in relation to the estimated forecast of product demand, which takes into consideration the life cycle of the product. A significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory on hand, which could lead to additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory. The need to maintain substantial levels of inventory impacts our estimates for excess and obsolete inventory. Each of our implant systems are designed to include implantable products that come in different sizes and shapes to accommodate the surgeon’s needs. Typically, a small number of the set components are used in each surgical procedure. Certain components within each set may become obsolete before other components based on the usage patterns. We adjust inventory values, as needed, to reflect these usage patterns and life cycle. In addition, we continue to introduce new products, which may require us to take additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory in the future. Charges for excess and obsolete inventory are included in cost of revenue and were $1,100, $1,269 and $604 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 94 | Annual Report 2021 94 Restricted Cash Costs Related to Common Stock Offerings In conjunction with the sale of Vilex, $1,250 was placed into a separate escrow account. This cash is reported as restricted cash on the December 31, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Balance Sheets. These funds were to remain restricted until August 31, 2021 at which time, they were to be released to the Company subject to no claims related to the purchase; however, due to the pending IMED Surgical litigation, the cash remains reported as restricted until the conclusion of the legal matter. See Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies for further detail. The Company also maintains restricted cash of 100 Euro at its Netherlands entity for potential Italian tenders. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Accounts receivable are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms, generally requiring payment within 30 days from the invoice date in the United States and within 90 days internationally. Account balances with invoices over 30 or 90 days past due for domestic and international accounts, respectively, are considered delinquent. No interest is charged on past due accounts. Payments of accounts receivable are applied to the specific invoices identified on the customer's remittance advice or, if unspecified, to the customer's account as an unapplied credit. The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected, determined principally on the basis of historical experience, management's assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts and the aging of the accounts receivable. All accounts or portions thereof deemed to be uncollectible or to require an excessive collection cost are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $347 and $433 as of year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts: Balance at beginning of year 433 $ 506 $ Adjustments charged to expense (income) Write-offs Balance at end of year Inventories, net $ $ 2021 2019 December 31, 2020 (5) 81 274 347 347 $ 433 $ 134 424 52 506 Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in-first-out method. Inventories, which consist of implants and instruments held in our warehouse, with third-party independent sales agencies or distributors, or consigned directly with hospitals, are considered finished goods and are purchased from third parties. We evaluate the carrying value of our inventories in relation to the estimated forecast of product demand, which takes into consideration the life cycle of the product. A significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory on hand, which could lead to additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory. The need to maintain substantial levels of inventory impacts our estimates for excess and obsolete inventory. Each of our implant systems are designed to include implantable products that come in different sizes and shapes to accommodate the surgeon’s needs. Typically, a small number of the set components are used in each surgical procedure. Certain components within each set may become obsolete before other components based on the usage patterns. We adjust inventory values, as needed, to reflect these usage patterns and life cycle. On December 13, 2019, we completed a public offering of our common stock. Offering expenses of $235, primarily consisting of legal, accounting and other direct fees and costs related to the offering were recorded in stockholders' equity at the conclusion of our offering. On June 22, 2020, we completed another public offering of our common stock. Offering expenses of $481, primarily consisting of legal, accounting and other direct fees and costs related to the offering were recorded in stockholders' equity at the conclusion of our offering. Property and Equipment, net Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in operations for the period. Maintenance and repairs that prolong or extend the useful life are capitalized, whereas standard maintenance, replacements, and repair costs are expensed as incurred. Instruments are hand-held devices, specifically designed for use with our implants and are used by surgeons during surgery. Instruments deployed in the field are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and are recorded in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Sample inventory consists of our implants and instruments, and is maintained to market and promote our products. Sample inventory is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciable lives are generally as follows: Building and building improvements Furniture and fixtures Computer equipment Business software Office and other equipment Instruments Sample inventory Amortizable Intangible Assets, net 25 to 30 years 5 to 7 years 3 to 5 years 3 years 5 to 7 years 5 years 2 years Amortizable intangible assets include fees necessary to secure various patents and licenses, including Band-Lok, the value of internally developed software, customer relationships, and non-competition agreements related to the acquisition of Orthex, and customer relationships and non-competition agreements related to the acquisitions of Telos and ApiFix. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization for patents and licenses commences at the time of patent approval, and for licenses upon market launch, respectively. Amortization for assets acquired commences upon acquisition. Intangible assets are amortized over a 3 to 20 year period. Amortizable intangible assets are assessed for impairment upon triggering events that indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the intangible assets. No impairment charges were recorded in any of the periods presented. In addition, we continue to introduce new products, which may require us to take additional charges for excess Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and obsolete inventory in the future. Charges for excess and obsolete inventory are included in cost of revenue and were $1,100, $1,269 and $604 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual 94 95 Annual Report 2021 | 95   basis or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant such a review. The goodwill is considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying value of our one reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value. No impairment changes were recorded in the current year. The Company tests goodwill for impairment by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The quantitative assessment for goodwill requires us to estimate the fair value of our one reporting unit using either an income or market approach or a combination thereof. We have indefinite lived trademark assets that are reviewed for impairment by performing a quantitative analysis, which occurs annually in the fourth quarter, utilizing balances as of October 1, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to future net discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the assets. No impairment charges were recorded in any of the periods presented. Acquisition Payable and Contingent Consideration Upon the completion of an acquisition the Company may record an acquisition installment payable, contingent consideration or both. Both are recorded at their fair values as determined by management with the assistance of an independent valuation specialist at the original issuance date and are adjusted on a recurring basis. Accretion of interest expense attributable to the acquisition installment payable are recorded as a component of interest expense, net. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are included in fair value adjustments of contingent consideration. Both are included as a component of other expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. The amount of expense recorded in interest expense, net was $2,155 and $2,397 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Adjustments in the fair value of the contingent consideration payment were recognized as income of $1,800 and expense of $3,520 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Shipping and Handling Costs Shipping and handling costs that are billed to the customer are included in net revenue and were $803, $635 and $599, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Shipping and handling costs that are not billed to the customer are included in sales and marketing expenses and were $2,899, $2,261 and $2,788, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Cost of Revenue Cost of revenue consists primarily of products purchased from third-party suppliers, excess and obsolete inventory adjustments, inbound freight, and royalties. Our implants and instruments are manufactured to our specifications by third-party suppliers who meet our manufacturer qualifications standards. Our third-party manufacturers are required to meet Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), International Organization for Standardization and other country-specific quality standards. The majority of our implants and instruments are produced in the United States. Sales and Marketing Expenses Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of commissions to our domestic and select international independent sales agencies and consignment distributors, as well as compensation, commissions, benefits and other related costs for personnel we employ. Commissions and bonuses are generally based on a percentage of sales. Our international independent stocking distributors purchase instrument sets and replenishment stock for resale, and we do not pay commissions or any other sales related costs for international sales to distributors. Advertising Costs Advertising costs consist primarily of print advertising, trade shows, and other related expenses. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as a component of sales and marketing expense. Advertising costs were $898, $1,231 and $1,422 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 96 | Annual Report 2021 96 basis or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant such a review. The goodwill is considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying value of our one reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value. No impairment changes were recorded in the current year. The Company tests goodwill for impairment by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The quantitative assessment for goodwill requires us to estimate the fair value of our one reporting unit using either an income or market approach or a combination thereof. We have indefinite lived trademark assets that are reviewed for impairment by performing a quantitative analysis, which occurs annually in the fourth quarter, utilizing balances as of October 1, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to future net discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the assets. No impairment charges were recorded in any of the periods presented. Acquisition Payable and Contingent Consideration Upon the completion of an acquisition the Company may record an acquisition installment payable, contingent consideration or both. Both are recorded at their fair values as determined by management with the assistance of an independent valuation specialist at the original issuance date and are adjusted on a recurring basis. Accretion of interest expense attributable to the acquisition installment payable are recorded as a component of interest expense, net. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are included in fair value adjustments of contingent consideration. Both are included as a component of other expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. The amount of expense recorded in interest expense, net was $2,155 and $2,397 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Adjustments in the fair value of the contingent consideration payment were recognized as income of $1,800 and expense of $3,520 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Shipping and Handling Costs Shipping and handling costs that are billed to the customer are included in net revenue and were $803, $635 and $599, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Shipping and handling costs that are not billed to the customer are included in sales and marketing expenses and were $2,899, $2,261 and $2,788, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Cost of Revenue Cost of revenue consists primarily of products purchased from third-party suppliers, excess and obsolete inventory adjustments, inbound freight, and royalties. Our implants and instruments are manufactured to our specifications by third-party suppliers who meet our manufacturer qualifications standards. Our third-party manufacturers are required to meet Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), International Organization for Standardization and other country-specific quality standards. The majority of our implants and instruments are produced in the United States. Sales and Marketing Expenses Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of commissions to our domestic and select international independent sales agencies and consignment distributors, as well as compensation, commissions, benefits and other related costs for personnel we employ. Commissions and bonuses are generally based on a percentage of sales. Our international independent stocking distributors purchase instrument sets and replenishment stock for resale, and we do not pay commissions or any other sales related costs for international sales to distributors. Advertising Costs Advertising costs consist primarily of print advertising, trade shows, and other related expenses. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as a component of sales and marketing expense. Advertising costs were $898, $1,231 and $1,422 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Research and Development Costs Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Our research and development expenses primarily consist of costs associated with engineering, product development, consulting services, outside prototyping services, outside research activities, materials, development and protection of our intellectual property portfolio, as well as other costs associated with development of our products. Research and development costs also include related personnel and consultants’ compensation expense. Stock-Based Compensation Prior to our IPO, we maintained an Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) that provides for grants of options and restricted stock to employees, directors and associated third-party representatives of our company as determined by the Board of Directors. The 2007 Plan had authorized 1,585,000 shares for award. Immediately prior to our IPO, we adopted our 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”) which replaced the 2007 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for grants of options and restricted stock to officers, employees, consultants or directors of our Company. The 2017 Plan has authorized 1,832,460 shares for award. Options holders, upon vesting, may purchase common stock at the exercise price, which is the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. Option grants generally vest immediately or over a three year period. No stock options were granted in any of the periods presented. Restricted stock may not be transferred prior to the expiration of the restricted period. The restricted stock that has been granted under the 2007 Plan has restriction periods that generally last until the earlier of six years from the date of grant, or an initial public offering or change in control, as defined in the 2007 Plan. All restricted stock granted prior to May 2014 vested upon our IPO and the remaining grants under the 2007 Plan vested in April 2018. Generally under the 2017 plan, restricted stock vests over a three year period. We have elected to recognize the reversal of stock compensation expense when a restricted stock forfeiture occurs as opposed to estimating future forfeitures. We record the fair value of restricted stock at the grant date. Stock-based compensation is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the restriction period for restricted stock. In determining the fair value of our common stock at the grant date for awards issued prior to our IPO, which is the basis for the fair value of stock based awards, we use the market approach, which is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. In using the market approach, we consider both the guideline public company method and the precedent transaction method. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock at that time, we exercise reasonable judgment and consider a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including: the preferences and dividends of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; our operating results and financial conditions, including our level of available capital resources; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions; and the lack of marketability of our common stock. Prior to our IPO, for restricted stock awards we applied a discount for lack of marketability to the fair value of common shares due to estimate the impact of valuing a minority interest in our Company as a closely held, non-public company with no liquid market for its shares. Foundation for Advancing Pediatric Orthopedics The Company may periodically make contributions to the Foundation for Advancing Pediatric Orthopedics (the "Foundation"). The Foundation was incorporated in 2018 exclusively for pediatric orthopedic research and education and qualifies under IRC 501(c)(3) as an exempt private foundation. The mission of the Foundation is to enhance the knowledge and experience, through education and research, of surgical trainees or practicing surgeons who are involved in helping children with orthopaedic disorders and injuries. The Foundation is a separate legal entity and is not a subsidiary of the Company; therefore, its results are not included in these consolidated financial statements. The Company contributed $88, $325 and $500 to the Foundation during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These contributions were recorded in general and administrative expenses. 96 97 Annual Report 2021 | 97   Comprehensive Income (Loss) Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities. Income Taxes We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance. We record uncertain tax positions on the bases of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the positions and (2) for those tax positions that do not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Litigation and Contingencies Accruals for litigation and contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessment, including advice of legal counsel, of the expected outcome of litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings and/or the expected resolution of contingencies. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability of loss and the determination as to whether the amount is reasonably estimable. Accruals are based only on information available at the time of the assessment due to the uncertain nature of such matters. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates, which could materially affect the Company’s results of operations in a given period. No accrued legal fees outside the course of ordinary business were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company recorded an accrual of $6,342 for legal settlements for the year ended December 31, 2020. During 2021, there were no material adjustments to the accrued legal settlements recorded in 2020 and the settlement amounts were paid, resolving the related legal proceedings. Leases At the inception of a contractual arrangement, the Company determines whether the contract contains a lease by assessing whether there is an identified asset and whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of the identified asset in exchange for consideration over a period of time. If both criteria are met, the Company calculates the associated lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset upon lease commencement using a discount rate based on a borrowing rate commensurate with the term of the lease. The Company records lease liabilities within current liabilities or long-term liabilities based upon the length of time associated with the lease payments. The Company records its operating lease right-of-use assets as long-term assets. “Emerging Growth Company” Reporting Requirements We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. "Emerging growth companies" may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. Among other things, we are not required to provide an auditor attestation report on the 98 | Annual Report 2021 98 Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities. Comprehensive Income (Loss) Income Taxes We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance. We record uncertain tax positions on the bases of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the positions and (2) for those tax positions that do not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Litigation and Contingencies Accruals for litigation and contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessment, including advice of legal counsel, of the expected outcome of litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings and/or the expected resolution of contingencies. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability of loss and the determination as to whether the amount is reasonably estimable. Accruals are based only on information available at the time of the assessment due to the uncertain nature of such matters. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates, which could materially affect the Company’s results of operations in a given period. No accrued legal fees outside the course of ordinary business were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company recorded an accrual of $6,342 for legal settlements for the year ended December 31, 2020. During 2021, there were no material adjustments to the accrued legal settlements recorded in 2020 and the settlement amounts were paid, resolving the related legal proceedings. Leases assets. At the inception of a contractual arrangement, the Company determines whether the contract contains a lease by assessing whether there is an identified asset and whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of the identified asset in exchange for consideration over a period of time. If both criteria are met, the Company calculates the associated lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset upon lease commencement using a discount rate based on a borrowing rate commensurate with the term of the lease. The Company records lease liabilities within current liabilities or long-term liabilities based upon the length of time associated with the lease payments. The Company records its operating lease right-of-use assets as long-term “Emerging Growth Company” Reporting Requirements We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. "Emerging growth companies" may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. Among other things, we are not required to provide an auditor attestation report on the assessment of the internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our status as an emerging growth company will remain until December 31, 2022. As such, our external auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022 will be required to provide an attestation on the status of our internal controls under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments". The ASU is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financials assets including trade receivables held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-16 effective January 1, 2023. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-04 "Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity's Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Issuer's Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)". This ASU is intended to clarify and reduce diversity in an issuer's accounting for modifications or exchanges of freestanding equity-classified written call options (for example, warrants) that remain equity classified after modification or exchange. The guidance clarifies whether an issuer should account for a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange as (1) an adjustment to equity and, if so, the related earnings per share effects, if any, or (2) an expense and, if so, the manner and pattern of recognition. The amendments in this ASU affect all entities that issue freestanding written call options that are classified in equity. The amendments do not apply to modifications or exchanges of financial instruments that are within the scope of another Topic and do not affect a holder’s accounting for freestanding call options. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity should apply the amendments prospectively to modifications or exchanges occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. The Company will adopt ASU 2021-04 effective January 1, 2022. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08 "Business Combinations (Topic 805)-Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers". The amendments in this Update address diversity and inconsistency related to the recognition and measurement of contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination. The amendments in this Update require that an acquirer recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this Update require that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity that early adopts in an interim period should apply the amendments (1) retrospectively to all business combinations for which the acquisition date occurs on or after the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the interim period of early application and (2) prospectively to all business combinations that occur on or after the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2021-08 on its consolidated financial statements. 98 99 Annual Report 2021 | 99   NOTE 3 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS ApiFix On April 1, 2020, the Company purchased all the issued and outstanding membership interest of ApiFix for $2,000 in cash, including $344 of cash acquired, 934,783 shares of the Company's common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, representing approximately $35,176 (based on a closing share price of $37.63 on April 1, 2020), approximately $30,000 in anniversary payments, and approximately $41,741 in a system sales payment. The total consideration transferred of $87,379, as calculated after discounting future payments to present value, is final. ApiFix, a corporation organized under the laws of Israel, has developed a minimally invasive deformity correction system for patients with Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis ("ApiFix System"). The following table reconciles the total consideration transferred after discounting the future payments: Cash consideration Payment of ApiFix transaction related costs Issuance of common stock Anniversary Payments System sales payment Total consideration transferred Consideration Present Value $ 2,000 $ 67 35,176 30,000 41,741 $ 108,984 $ 2,000 67 35,176 22,620 27,190 87,053 The Company incurred $311 of acquisition-related costs that are included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The purchase price allocation set forth herein is final. The following table summarizes the total consideration paid for ApiFix and allocation of purchase price to the final fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): Fair value of total acquisition consideration Description Amount $ 87,379 Assets Cash Accounts receivable-trade Inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment Amortizable intangible assets Other intangible assets Operating lease right-of-use asset Total assets Liabilities Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Operating lease liabilities Other current liabilities Deferred income taxes Total liabilities Less: total net assets Goodwill 344 245 685 77 153 32,150 8,640 104 42,398 226 106 270 6,487 7,089 35,309 52,070 $ The fair value of identifiable intangible assets were based on valuations using a combination of the income and cost approach, inputs which would be considered Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair value 100 | Annual Report 2021 100 NOTE 3 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS ApiFix On April 1, 2020, the Company purchased all the issued and outstanding membership interest of ApiFix for $2,000 in cash, including $344 of cash acquired, 934,783 shares of the Company's common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, representing approximately $35,176 (based on a closing share price of $37.63 on April 1, 2020), approximately $30,000 in anniversary payments, and approximately $41,741 in a system sales payment. The total consideration transferred of $87,379, as calculated after discounting future payments to present value, is final. ApiFix, a corporation organized under the laws of Israel, has developed a minimally invasive deformity correction system for patients with Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis ("ApiFix System"). The following table reconciles the total consideration transferred after discounting the future payments: Consideration Present Value $ 2,000 $ 67 35,176 30,000 41,741 $ 108,984 $ 2,000 67 35,176 22,620 27,190 87,053 The Company incurred $311 of acquisition-related costs that are included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The purchase price allocation set forth herein is final. The following table summarizes the total consideration paid for ApiFix and allocation of purchase price to the final fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): Fair value of total acquisition consideration Description Amount $ 87,379 Cash consideration Payment of ApiFix transaction related costs Issuance of common stock Anniversary Payments System sales payment Total consideration transferred Assets Cash Accounts receivable-trade Inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment Amortizable intangible assets Other intangible assets Operating lease right-of-use asset Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Total assets Liabilities Operating lease liabilities Other current liabilities Deferred income taxes Total liabilities Less: total net assets Goodwill 344 245 685 77 153 32,150 8,640 104 42,398 226 106 270 6,487 7,089 35,309 52,070 and useful life of identifiable intangible assets are as follows: Amount Remaining Economic Useful Life Trademarks / Names Patents Customer Relationships Non-competition Agreements $ $ 8,640 31,720 230 200 40,790 Indefinite 15 years 10 years 4 years The Company is obligated to make anniversary payments of: (i) approximately $13,000 on the second anniversary of the closing date, provided that such payment will be paid earlier if 150 clinical procedures using the ApiFix System are completed in the United States before such anniversary date, (ii) $8,000 on the third anniversary of the closing date; and (iii) $9,000 on the fourth anniversary of the closing date, subject to adjustments. The Company anticipates making the second anniversary payment of $13,000 on the anniversary date. In addition, to the extent that the product of our revenues from the ApiFix System for the twelve months ended June 30, 2024 multiplied by 2.25 exceeds the anniversary payments actually made for the third and fourth years, we have agreed to pay the selling shareholders a system sales payment in the amount of such excess. The anniversary payments and system sales payment may each be made in cash or cash and common stock, subject to certain limitations; provided that the Company makes the determination with respect to anniversary payments and a representative of the former ApiFix shareholders may make the determination with respect to the system sales payment, if any. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, both the anniversary installments and the system sales payment require a minimum cash payment of 25 percent of the total amount due. The remaining 75 percent may be paid with common stock. The fair value of the contingent consideration payment is considered a Level 3 fair value measurement and was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation specialist at the original issuance date using an option pricing model and a Monte Carlo simulation based on forecasted annual revenue, expected volatility and discount rates. The fair value of the payment will continue to be adjusted as additional information becomes available regarding the progress toward achievement of the revenue forecast. The adjustments in the fair value of the contingent consideration payment were recognized as income of $1,800 and expense of $3,520 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, in other expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. An additional $2,155 and $2,397 was recognized as interest expense for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, on the consolidated statements of operations for the accretion of the acquisition installment payable. Presented below is a summary of the present value of the anniversary payments and fair value of the system sales payment related to the ApiFix acquisition: December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 April 1, 2020 Anniversary Payments: Second Year Payment Third Year Payment Fourth Year Payment Total acquisition installment payable Less: current portion of acquisition installment payable Acquisition installment payable, net of current portion System sales payment $ 12,862 $ 12,233 $ 7,075 7,234 27,171 12,862 14,309 28,910 6,335 6,449 25,017 12,233 12,784 30,710 ApiFix future consideration, net of current portion $ 43,219 $ 43,494 $ Pre-acquisition revenues and earnings for ApiFix were not material to the consolidated operations. 10,980 5,780 5,860 22,620 10,980 11,640 27,190 38,830 The fair value of identifiable intangible assets were based on valuations using a combination of the income and cost approach, inputs which would be considered Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair value On March 9, 2020, the Company purchased the issued and outstanding membership interest of Telos for $1,750 in cash, including $81 of cash acquired, and 36,628 shares of common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, of the Company. The shares of common stock were valued at $42.81 per share, the Company's closing share price on March 9, 2020. The Company incurred $25 of acquisition-related costs, that are included in general and $ Telos 100 101 Annual Report 2021 | 101   administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The purchase price allocation set forth herein is final. The following table summarizes the total consideration paid for Telos and allocation of purchase price to the final fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): Description Amount Fair value of total acquisition consideration Assets Cash Accounts receivable-trade Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment Amortizable intangible assets Other intangible assets Total assets Liabilities Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Total liabilities Less: total net assets Goodwill $ $ $ 3,318 81 215 38 10 950 210 1,504 60 60 1,444 1,874 The fair value of identifiable intangible assets were based on valuations using a combination of the income and cost approach, inputs which would be considered Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair value and useful life of identifiable intangible assets are as follows: Amount Remaining Economic Useful Life Trademarks / Names Customer Relationships Non-competition Agreements Vilex and Orthex $ $ 210 910 40 1,160 Indefinite 10 years 5 years On June 4, 2019, the Company purchased all the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Vilex and units of membership interests in Orthex for $50,000 in cash, net of working capital adjustments, and 245,352 shares of common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, of the Company. The shares of common stock were valued at $40.76 per share, the volume weighted average trading price during the thirty day trading period ending on May 30, 2019. In addition, $3,000 was placed in an escrow account for a period of up to twenty months to cover certain indemnification obligations and to secure certain closing adjustments. The Company incurred $737 of acquisition- related costs, that are included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The purchase price allocation set forth herein is final. The following table summarizes the total consideration paid for Vilex and Orthex and allocation of purchase price to the final fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date: 102 | Annual Report 2021 102 administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The purchase price allocation set forth herein is final. The following table summarizes the total consideration paid for Telos and allocation of purchase price to the final fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands): Description Amount Fair value of total acquisition consideration Assets Cash Accounts receivable-trade Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment Amortizable intangible assets Other intangible assets Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Total assets Liabilities Total liabilities Less: total net assets Goodwill $ $ $ The fair value of identifiable intangible assets were based on valuations using a combination of the income and cost approach, inputs which would be considered Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair value and useful life of identifiable intangible assets are as follows: Amount Remaining Economic Useful Life Trademarks / Names Customer Relationships Non-competition Agreements Vilex and Orthex $ $ 210 910 40 1,160 Indefinite 10 years 5 years On June 4, 2019, the Company purchased all the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Vilex and units of membership interests in Orthex for $50,000 in cash, net of working capital adjustments, and 245,352 shares of common stock, $0.00025 par value per share, of the Company. The shares of common stock were valued at $40.76 per share, the volume weighted average trading price during the thirty day trading period ending on May 30, 2019. In addition, $3,000 was placed in an escrow account for a period of up to twenty months to cover certain indemnification obligations and to secure certain closing adjustments. The Company incurred $737 of acquisition- related costs, that are included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The purchase price allocation set forth herein is final. The following table summarizes the total consideration paid for Vilex and Orthex and allocation of purchase price to the final fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date: Fair value of total acquisition consideration Description Amount $ 60,184 Assets Cash Accounts receivable-trade Inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment Amortizable intangible assets Operating lease right-of-use asset Total assets Liabilities Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Operating lease liabilities Deferred tax liability Other long-term liabilities Total liabilities Less: total net assets Goodwill 3,318 81 215 38 10 950 210 1,504 60 60 1,444 1,874 348 2,088 3,652 12 7,540 31,180 323 45,143 563 323 1,175 68 2,129 43,014 17,170 $ The fair value of identifiable intangible assets were based on valuations using a combination of the income and cost approach, inputs which would be considered Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair value and useful life of identifiable intangible assets are as follows: Trademarks / Names Patents Internally Developed Software Customer Relationships Non-competition Agreements Amount Remaining Economic Useful Life $ $ 4,610 22,390 1,550 2,570 60 31,180 Indefinite 15 years 10 years 12 years 5 years Pro forma net revenue and net loss from continuing operations for 2019 and 2018 assuming the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2018 would have been $74,488 and $62,607 and ($12,601) and ($13,439), respectively. The Company recorded a measurement period adjustment during fiscal 2020 to increase inventory and decrease goodwill related to working capital adjustments to allocate inventory between Orthex and Vilex. Since the Vilex products include adult offerings that are not core to the Company's pediatric business, the Company received Board approval to take the steps necessary to divest the non-core Vilex assets. On December 31, 2019, the Company divested substantially all of the assets relating to Vilex's adult product offering to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron Capital, LLC in exchange for a $25,000 reduction in a term note owed to Squadron in connection with the initial acquisition along with certain ongoing intellectual property rights. Of the $25,000 purchase price, $12,410 was attributable to the license of the Orthex intellectual property and the remaining $12,590 was applied to the Vilex assets and liabilities divested. 102 103 Annual Report 2021 | 103   NOTE 4 – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On June 4, 2019, the Company acquired Vilex, a manufacturer of foot and ankle surgical implants. Since the Vilex products include adult offerings that are not core to the Company's pediatric business, the Company received Board approval to take the steps necessary to divest the non-core Vilex assets. On December 31, 2019, the Company divested substantially all of the assets relating to Vilex's adult product offering to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron Capital, LLC. in exchange for a $25,000 reduction in a term note owed to Squadron in connection with the initial acquisition along with the sale of intellectual property rights. Assets and liabilities divested consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019: Description Amount Cash Accounts Receivable - trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts Inventories, net Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment, net Amortizable intangible assets Goodwill Other intangible assets Operating lease right-of-use asset Total assets divested Accounts payable - trade Accrued compensation and benefits Operating lease liabilities Deferred tax liability Other current liabilities Total liabilities divested Net assets sold Allocated purchase price Loss on divestiture $ $ $ $ $ $ Major classes of line items constituting loss of discontinued operations 2019 Net revenue Cost of revenue Sales and marketing General and administrative Other income (expense), net Pretax net loss of discontinued operations Income tax expense Net loss on discontinued operations $ $ $ 515 928 2,060 24 6,246 13,390 3,397 380 216 27,156 37 171 199 1,175 13 1,595 25,561 25,000 (561) 3,069 (286) (692) (2,103) (9) (21) (464) (485) The divestiture does not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company's operations and financial statements. Goodwill was allocated to the assets and liabilities divested using the relative fair value method. The Company recognized a total net loss on discontinued operations of $1,046, net of taxes, in its consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019. 104 | Annual Report 2021 104 NOTE 4 – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS NOTE 5 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS On June 4, 2019, the Company acquired Vilex, a manufacturer of foot and ankle surgical implants. Since the Vilex products include adult offerings that are not core to the Company's pediatric business, the Company received Board approval to take the steps necessary to divest the non-core Vilex assets. On December 31, 2019, the Company divested substantially all of the assets relating to Vilex's adult product offering to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron Capital, LLC. in exchange for a $25,000 reduction in a term note owed to Squadron in connection with the initial acquisition along with the sale of intellectual property rights. Assets and liabilities divested consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019: Description Amount Accounts Receivable - trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts Goodwill The Company tests goodwill for impairment by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The qualitative evaluation is an assessment of factors including reporting unit specific operating results as well as industry, market and general economic conditions, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for its one reporting unit and perform a quantitative test. The assumptions used in evaluating goodwill for impairment are subject to change and are tracked against historical results by management. The Company elected to perform a qualitative analysis for its reporting unit as of October 1, 2021. The Company determined, after performing the qualitative analysis that there was no evidence that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit was less than the carrying amount, therefore, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows: Goodwill at January 1, 2020 Telos acquisition Orthex measurement period adjustment ApiFix acquisition Foreign currency translation impact Goodwill at January 1, 2021 Foreign currency translation impact Goodwill at December 31, 2021 Intangible Assets Total 13,773 1,874 (688) 52,070 3,482 70,511 1,838 72,349 $ $ $ As of December 31, 2021, the balances of amortizable intangible assets were as follows: Patents Intellectual Property License agreements Total amortizable assets Weighted-Average Amortization Period Gross Intangible Assets Accumulated Amortization Net Intangible Assets 13.7 years 10.1 years 5.5 years $ $ 44,493 $ (5,664) $ 9,847 10,674 (1,408) (2,448) 65,014 $ (9,520) $ 38,829 8,439 8,226 55,494 As of December 31, 2020, the balances of amortizable intangible assets were as follows: Patents Intellectual Property License agreements Total amortizable assets Weighted-Average Amortization Period Gross Intangible Assets Accumulated Amortization Net Intangible Assets 14.7 years 10.3 years 2.7 years $ $ 43,363 $ (2,650) $ 8,990 2,765 55,118 $ (744) (1,440) (4,834) 40,713 8,246 1,325 50,284 Cash Inventories, net Prepaid expenses and other current assets Property and equipment, net Amortizable intangible assets Goodwill Other intangible assets Operating lease right-of-use asset Total assets divested Accounts payable - trade Accrued compensation and benefits Operating lease liabilities Deferred tax liability Other current liabilities Total liabilities divested Net assets sold Allocated purchase price Loss on divestiture Net revenue Cost of revenue Sales and marketing General and administrative Other income (expense), net Pretax net loss of discontinued operations Income tax expense Net loss on discontinued operations Major classes of line items constituting loss of discontinued operations 2019 The divestiture does not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company's operations and financial statements. Goodwill was allocated to the assets and liabilities divested using the relative fair value method. The Company recognized a total net loss on discontinued operations of $1,046, net of taxes, in its consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019. $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 515 928 2,060 24 6,246 13,390 3,397 380 216 27,156 37 171 199 1,175 13 1,595 25,561 25,000 (561) 3,069 (286) (692) (2,103) (9) (21) (464) (485) 104 105 Annual Report 2021 | 105   Amortization expense was $4,531, $3,246 and $887 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Future amortization expenses are expected as follows: Year Ending December 31: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter $ 5,216 5,245 5,144 4,954 4,936 29,999 $ 55,494 Licenses are tied to product launches and do not begin amortizing until the product is launched to the market. Anticipated market launch is in 2022 through 2024 for products for which we previously obtained licensing. On October 20, 2021, we purchased certain intellectual property assets from Devise Ortho, Inc. related to its Drive Rail external fixation system. We recorded $840 which will be amortized over the life of the patents, or approximately 16 years. In addition to the intellectual property, the Company purchased $108 of inventory from Devise Ortho, Inc. The total consideration of $948 was paid using $650 in cash and 4,599 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately $298 (based on the closing share price of $64.83 on October 20, 2021). On September 3, 2021, we entered into a five-year license agreement, resulting in exclusive distribution rights of the 7D Surgical FLASHTM Navigation platform for pediatric applications. We paid $750 which will be amortized over the initial three years of the agreement. On July 20, 2021, we entered into an amended license agreement, resulting in a five-year extension of our exclusive distribution rights of the FIREFLY Technology in children's hospitals across the United States. We paid $4,300 for the amended agreement and the amount will be amortized over the life of the agreement. On March 19, 2021, we recorded a license agreement in the amount of $2,858 in settlement of the Barry legal matter. Amortization is recorded based on the cases completed in the given period. On June 10, 2020, we purchased certain intellectual property assets from Band-Lok, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company ("Band-Lok"), related to its Tether Clamp and Implantation System ("Tether Clamp System") for $3,394 in total consideration. We use the Tether Clamp System in connection with our Bandloc 5.5/6.0 System. We were previously the sole licensee of the purchased assets under a license agreement with Band-Lok. Trademarks are recorded as indefinite-lived intangible assets in the amounts of $14,268 and $13,961 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Concurrently with our acquisition of each company, we acquired the trademark of Orthex on June 4, 2019 valued at $4,230, the trademark of Telos on March 9, 2020 valued at $210 and the trademark of ApiFix on April 1, 2020 valued at $8,640. Trademarks are recorded in Other Intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in balance during 2021 was the result of foreign currency translation of the ApiFix trademark. The Company tests intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually on October 1st or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to the estimated fair value of the asset, as represented by the net discount future cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the intangible assets. Based upon the Company's analysis, no impairment chargers were recorded to its intangible assets. NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The accounting standards related to fair value measurements define fair value and provide a consistent framework for measuring fair value under the authoritative literature. 106 | Annual Report 2021 106 Amortization expense was $4,531, $3,246 and $887 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Future amortization expenses are expected as follows: Year Ending December 31: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter $ 5,216 5,245 5,144 4,954 4,936 29,999 $ 55,494 Licenses are tied to product launches and do not begin amortizing until the product is launched to the market. Anticipated market launch is in 2022 through 2024 for products for which we previously obtained licensing. On October 20, 2021, we purchased certain intellectual property assets from Devise Ortho, Inc. related to its Drive Rail external fixation system. We recorded $840 which will be amortized over the life of the patents, or approximately 16 years. In addition to the intellectual property, the Company purchased $108 of inventory from Devise Ortho, Inc. The total consideration of $948 was paid using $650 in cash and 4,599 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately $298 (based on the closing share price of $64.83 on October 20, 2021). On September 3, 2021, we entered into a five-year license agreement, resulting in exclusive distribution rights of the 7D Surgical FLASHTM Navigation platform for pediatric applications. We paid $750 which will be amortized over the initial three years of the agreement. On July 20, 2021, we entered into an amended license agreement, resulting in a five-year extension of our exclusive distribution rights of the FIREFLY Technology in children's hospitals across the United States. We paid $4,300 for the amended agreement and the amount will be amortized over the life of the agreement. On March 19, 2021, we recorded a license agreement in the amount of $2,858 in settlement of the Barry legal matter. Amortization is recorded based on the cases completed in the given period. On June 10, 2020, we purchased certain intellectual property assets from Band-Lok, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company ("Band-Lok"), related to its Tether Clamp and Implantation System ("Tether Clamp System") for $3,394 in total consideration. We use the Tether Clamp System in connection with our Bandloc 5.5/6.0 System. We were previously the sole licensee of the purchased assets under a license agreement with Band-Lok. Trademarks are recorded as indefinite-lived intangible assets in the amounts of $14,268 and $13,961 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Concurrently with our acquisition of each company, we acquired the trademark of Orthex on June 4, 2019 valued at $4,230, the trademark of Telos on March 9, 2020 valued at $210 and the trademark of ApiFix on April 1, 2020 valued at $8,640. Trademarks are recorded in Other Intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in balance during 2021 was the result of foreign currency translation of the ApiFix trademark. The Company tests intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually on October 1st or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to the estimated fair value of the asset, as represented by the net discount future cash flows expected to be generated by the associated asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the intangible assets. Based upon the Company's analysis, no impairment chargers were recorded to its intangible assets. NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The accounting standards related to fair value measurements define fair value and provide a consistent framework for measuring fair value under the authoritative literature. The following table summarize the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2021 Financial Assets Short term investments Corporate Bonds Treasury Bonds Asset Backed Securities Other Financial Liabilities Contingent Consideration Financial Assets Cash Equivalents Short term investments Exchange Trade Mutual Funds Corporate Bonds Treasury Bonds Other Financial Liabilities Contingent Consideration $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 22,476 $ 14,317 $ — $ 837 $ — $ — $ 8,272 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 22,476 14,317 8,272 837 — $ — $ 28,910 $ 28,910 December 31, 2020 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total 15,002 $ — $ — $ 15,002 35,208 $ 9,616 $ 6,520 $ 3,797 $ $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — 35,208 9,616 6,520 3,797 30,710 $ 30,710 The Company's level 1 assets consist of cash equivalents which are generally comprised of short-term, liquid investments with original maturity of three months or less at inception and other short term investments which are comprised of exchange traded mutual funds and marketable securities with a maturity date greater than 3 months. The Company's level 2 asset pertains to certain asset-backed securities, collateralized by non-mortgage-related consumer debt. These securities are predominately priced by third parties, either by a pricing vendor or dealer. The Company's Level 3 instrument consists of contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability assumed in business combinations is recorded as part of the purchase price consideration of the acquisition and is determined using a discounted cash flow model or probability simulation model. The significant inputs of such models are not always observable in the market, such as forecasted annual revenues, expected volatility and discount rates. The adjustments in the fair value of the contingent consideration payments resulted in income of $1,800 and expense of $3,520 for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. No expense was recorded in 2019. The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Level 3 instrument: Total Balance at January 1, 2020 Contingent consideration recorded as a result of the acquisition (Note 3) Increase in fair value of contingent consideration Balance at December 31, 2020 Decrease in fair value of contingent consideration Balance at December 31, 2021 $ $ $ — 27,190 3,520 30,710 (1,800) 28,910 106 107 Annual Report 2021 | 107   The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of the contingent consideration liability associated with the ApiFix system sales milestone include the following significant unobservable inputs as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and the date of acquisition, respectively: Valuation techniques Present value discount rate(1) Volatility factor Expected Years December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 April 1, 2020 Discounted cash flow, Monte Carlo 18.4 % 50.3 % 25.8 % 51.8 % 23.1 % 43.7 % 2.4 years 3.5 years 4.1 years (1) The present value discount rate includes estimated risk premium. NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET Property and equipment, net consisted of the following: Land Building and building improvements Computer equipment and software Office and other equipment Instruments Sample inventory Construction in progress Less: accumulated depreciation Total property and equipment, net December 31, 2021 2020 $ 1,645 $ 1,645 4,078 2,541 1,958 2,591 2,218 1,060 34,094 29,916 2,483 4,805 2,453 4,995 51,604 44,878 (23,089) (17,651) $ 28,515 $ 27,227 Depreciation expense is included in general and administrative expenses and was $6,148, $4,660 and $3,749 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. NOTE 8 – ACCRUED COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS Accrued compensation and benefits consisted of the following: Accrued compensation and related costs Accrued commissions Total accrued compensation and benefits December 31, 2021 2020 $ $ 2,357 $ 2,994 5,351 $ 1,896 2,644 4,540 108 | Annual Report 2021 108 The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of the contingent consideration liability associated with the ApiFix system sales milestone include the following significant unobservable inputs as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and the date of acquisition, respectively: NOTE 9 - DEBT AND CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS Long-term debt consisted of the following: Valuation techniques Present value discount rate(1) Volatility factor Expected Years December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 April 1, 2020 Discounted cash flow, Monte Carlo 18.4 % 50.3 % 25.8 % 51.8 % 23.1 % 43.7 % 2.4 years 3.5 years 4.1 years Mortgage payable to affiliate Total debt Less: current maturities Long-term debt, net of current maturities December 31, 2021 2020 $ 1,044 $ 1,044 137 1,175 1,175 131 $ 907 $ 1,044 (1) The present value discount rate includes estimated risk premium. NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET Property and equipment, net consisted of the following: Land Building and building improvements Computer equipment and software Office and other equipment Instruments Sample inventory Construction in progress Less: accumulated depreciation Total property and equipment, net Depreciation expense is included in general and administrative expenses and was $6,148, $4,660 and $3,749 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. NOTE 8 – ACCRUED COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS Accrued compensation and benefits consisted of the following: Accrued compensation and related costs Accrued commissions Total accrued compensation and benefits December 31, 2021 2020 $ 1,645 $ 1,645 4,078 2,541 1,958 2,483 4,805 2,591 2,218 1,060 2,453 4,995 34,094 29,916 51,604 44,878 (23,089) (17,651) $ 28,515 $ 27,227 December 31, 2021 2020 $ $ 2,357 $ 2,994 5,351 $ 1,896 2,644 4,540 On December 31, 2017, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Squadron Capital LLC, or Squadron. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, a majority of the term loan amounts under a previous agreement with Squadron were consolidated into a $20,000 term note, represented by a Term Note A, and a $15,000 revolving credit facility was established. Both facilities include interest only payments and provide for an interest rate equal to the greater of (a) three month LIBOR plus 8.61% and (b) 10%. The Loan Agreement also extended the maturity date to January 31, 2023. In order to finance a portion of the cash consideration for the acquisition of the Vilex Companies, the Company entered into a first Amendment, or the Amendment, to the Loan Agreement (as so amended, the "First Amended Loan Agreement"), with Squadron. The First Amended Loan Agreement provided for a new $30,000 term loan facility, represented by a Term Note B, in addition to the existing $20,000 Term Note A and $15,000 revolving credit facility. Similar to the other facilities under the First Amended Loan Agreement, the Term Note B was subject to interest only payments at an interest rate equal to the greater of (a) three month LIBOR plus 8.61%, and (b) 10.00%. The Term Note B, which would have matured no later than May 31, 2020, was paid in full on December 31, 2019 using $25,000 received in exchange for the divestiture of the adult product offerings of Vilex and the related Orthex license agreement, and $5,000 from the available Squadron revolving credit facility. On January 4, 2020, the Company repaid $5,000 on the revolving credit facility with Squadron. On July 15, 2020, the Company repaid the $20,000 principal amount outstanding under the Term Note A, together with all unpaid interest and other related amounts payable. On August 4, 2020, the Company entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to its First Amended Loan Agreement with Squadron (as so further amended, the “Second Amended Loan Agreement”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the First Amended Loan Agreement’s revolving credit commitment was increased from the previously established $15,000 to $25,000. The Company also agreed to pay Squadron an unused commitment fee in an amount equal to the per annum rate of 0.50% (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed) times the daily unused portion of the revolving credit commitment. The unused commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrears and is recorded in interest, net. The unused commitment fee paid to Squadron for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $127 and $52, respectively. Effective December 31, 2021, the Company entered into a Third Amendment (the "Third Amendment") to its Second Amended Loan Agreement with Squadron (as so further amended, the "Third Amended Loan Agreement"). The Third Amendment addresses the transition of the interest rate calculation from LIBOR to a SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) based rate. The previous interest rate on the facilities was at the greater of (a) three month LIBOR plus 8.61% and (b) 10.0%. Following the Third Amendment, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility is the greater of (a) six month SOFR plus 8.69% and (b) 10.0%. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be made under a First Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated August 4, 2020 (the “Amended Revolving Note”), payable, jointly and severally, by the Company and each of its subsidiaries party thereto. The Amended Revolving Note will mature at the earlier of: (i) the date on which any person or persons acquire (x) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer), or (y) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, determined on a consolidated basis; and (ii) January 1, 2024. There are no outstanding term loan obligations under the Third Amended Loan Agreement. Borrowings under the Third Amended Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and are unconditionally guaranteed by each of its subsidiaries with the exception of Vilex. There are no traditional financial covenants associated with the Third Amended Loan Agreement. However, there are negative 108 109 Annual Report 2021 | 109   covenants that prohibit us from, among other things, transferring any of our material assets, merging with or acquiring another entity, entering into a transaction that would result in a change of control, incurring additional indebtedness, creating any lien on our property, making investments in third parties and redeeming stock or paying dividends. In connection with the purchase of our office and warehouse space in Warsaw, Indiana in August 2013, we entered into a mortgage note payable to Tawani Enterprises Inc., an affiliate of Squadron. Pursuant to the terms of the mortgage note, we pay Tawani Enterprises Inc. monthly principal and interest installments of $16 with interest compounded at 5% until maturity in 2028, at which time a final payment of remaining principal and interest is due. The mortgage is secured by the related real estate and building. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the mortgage balance was $1,044 and $1,175, respectively, of which current principal due of $137 and $131, respectively, was included in current portion of long-term debt. At December 31, 2021, the aggregate future principal payments on our debt arrangements are as follows: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter $ 137 144 152 160 168 283 $ 1,044 Interest expense relating to notes payable to Squadron and mortgage note payable with Tawani was $56, $1,233 and $4,229 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act") was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act lifts certain deduction limitations originally imposed by the Tax Act. Corporate taxpayers may carryback net operating losses originating during 2018 through 2020 for up to five years, which was not previously allowed under the Tax Act. The CARES Act also eliminates the 80% of taxable income limitation allowing corporate entities to fully utilize net operating loss carryforwards to offset taxable income in 2018, 2019 and 2020. The enactment of the CARES Act did not result in any material impact to the Company’s income tax provision. On December 27, 2020 the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CAA”) was signed into law. The CAA includes the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020 (“COVID TRA”). The Company is continuing to assess the effect of the CAA and does not believe it will result in a material impact to the Company’s income tax provision. Total income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was allocated as follows: 2021 2020 2019 Income from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations Total tax expense (benefit) $ $ (1,128) $ — (1,128) $ (723) $ — (723) $ — (660) (660) For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 loss from continuing operations before taxes of the Company consists of the following: Domestic Foreign Total 2021 2020 2019 $ $ (9,232) $ (8,156) (17,388) $ (28,756) $ (4,911) (33,667) $ (12,010) (675) (12,685) 110 | Annual Report 2021 110 covenants that prohibit us from, among other things, transferring any of our material assets, merging with or acquiring another entity, entering into a transaction that would result in a change of control, incurring additional indebtedness, creating any lien on our property, making investments in third parties and redeeming stock or paying dividends. In connection with the purchase of our office and warehouse space in Warsaw, Indiana in August 2013, we entered into a mortgage note payable to Tawani Enterprises Inc., an affiliate of Squadron. Pursuant to the terms of the mortgage note, we pay Tawani Enterprises Inc. monthly principal and interest installments of $16 with interest compounded at 5% until maturity in 2028, at which time a final payment of remaining principal and interest is due. The mortgage is secured by the related real estate and building. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the mortgage balance was $1,044 and $1,175, respectively, of which current principal due of $137 and $131, respectively, was included in current portion of long-term debt. At December 31, 2021, the aggregate future principal payments on our debt arrangements are as follows: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Interest expense relating to notes payable to Squadron and mortgage note payable with Tawani was $56, $1,233 and $4,229 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act") was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act lifts certain deduction limitations originally imposed by the Tax Act. Corporate taxpayers may carryback net operating losses originating during 2018 through 2020 for up to five years, which was not previously allowed under the Tax Act. The CARES Act also eliminates the 80% of taxable income limitation allowing corporate entities to fully utilize net operating loss carryforwards to offset taxable income in 2018, 2019 and 2020. The enactment of the CARES Act did not result in any material impact to the Company’s income tax provision. On December 27, 2020 the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CAA”) was signed into law. The CAA includes the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020 (“COVID TRA”). The Company is continuing to assess the effect of the CAA and does not believe it will result in a material impact to the Company’s income tax provision. Total income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was allocated as follows: Income from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations Total tax expense (benefit) 2021 2020 2019 (1,128) $ — (1,128) $ (723) $ — (723) $ — (660) (660) For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 loss from continuing operations before taxes of the Company consists of the following: Domestic Foreign Total 2021 2020 2019 (9,232) $ (8,156) (17,388) $ (28,756) $ (4,911) (33,667) $ (12,010) (675) (12,685) $ $ $ $ The components of income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows: Deferred: Federal State Foreign Decrease in valuation allowance Total income tax expense (benefit) 2021 2020 2019 $ — $ — (1,128) — — $ 1,033 — (723) — 37 — (1,070) $ (1,128) $ (723) $ — The reconciliation between the effective tax rate and the statutory tax rate is as follows: $ 137 144 152 160 168 283 $ 1,044 Federal statutory rate State statutory rate, net of federal benefit Effect of foreign rates different from statutory Change in state rate Excess tax benefits from stock plans Nondeductible/nontaxable or other items Unborn foreign tax deduction Change in valuation allowance Income tax (expense) benefit December 31, 2021 2020 2019 21.0 % 2.0 % (0.1) % (1.3) % 7.5 % 11.9 % (1.5) % (33.1) % 6.3 % 21.0 % 1.8 % 0.1 % (2.5) % 0.6 % 0.5 % 4.0 % (23.4) % 2.1 % 21.0 % (0.7) % — % (1.3) % 0.3 % — % — % (19.3) % — % Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The primary temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities are certain inventory adjustments, depreciation and amortization, interest expense, stock based compensation and net operating loss carryforwards. The deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020: Deferred tax assets: Inventories, net Stock based compensation Loss carryforwards Credit carryforwards Interest carryforward Accrued Settlements Other Total deferred tax assets Valuation allowance Net deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Intangibles Property, plant and equipment Total deferred tax liabilities Foreign currency translation impact Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net 2021 2020 $ 4,206 $ 2,454 35,421 176 338 — 444 2,715 1,938 29,050 176 1,851 1,467 382 43,039 37,579 (38,911) (33,160) 4,128 4,419 (7,518) (1,238) (8,756) (143) (9,120) (1,054) (10,174) — $ (4,771) $ (5,755) The deferred tax assets were fully offset by a valuation allowance at December 31, 2021 and 2020, with the exception of certain deferred tax liabilities recognized in a foreign jurisdiction as a result of fair value adjustments recorded upon the acquisition of ApiFix. The Company has recorded a tax benefit during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, for losses generated in Israel. As of December 31, 2021, we had available federal, state and foreign tax loss carryforwards of $114,008, $73,997 and $22,671, respectively. We had available federal tax credits of $176. Net operating losses generated prior to December 31, 2017 will begin to expire in 2028. Federal net operating losses generated after January 1, 2018 will have an indefinite carryforward period. An ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code was deemed to occur on May 30, 2014. Given the limitation calculation, we anticipate approximately $23,920 in losses generated prior to the ownership 110 111 Annual Report 2021 | 111   change date will be subject to potential limitation. The estimated annual limitation is $1,062. A second ownership change under Section 382 was deemed to occur on December 11, 2018. The estimated annual limitation is $9,736, which is increased by $22,430 over the first five years as a result of an unrealized built in gain. NOLs sustained prior to May 30, 2014 will still be constricted by the lower limitation. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2021. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as our projections for future growth. As a result, a full valuation continues to be recorded against the Company's net deferred tax assets, with the exception of Israel. We are subject to taxation in the United States, Indiana and various other state and international jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2021, all tax years from 2008 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject due to our net operating loss and credit carryforwards from those years. We believe that the income tax filing positions will be sustained on audit and do not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change. Therefore, no reserve for uncertain income tax positions has been recorded. Interest and penalties, if any, associated with income tax examinations will be to record such items as a component of income taxes. At December 31, 2021, our foreign operations held cash totaling $2,444. We have not provided for foreign withholding tax on the undistributed earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries that are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. If such earnings were to be distributed, any foreign withholding tax would not be significant. NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Prior to our IPO, we maintained an Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) that provides for grants of options and restricted stock to employees, directors and associated third-party representatives of our company as determined by the Board of Directors. The 2007 Plan had authorized 1,585,000 shares for award. Immediately prior to our IPO, we adopted our 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”) which replaced the 2007 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for grants of options and restricted stock to officers, employees, consultants or directors of our Company. The 2017 Plan has authorized 1,832,460 shares for award. As of December 31, 2021, the Plan had 694,186 shares available for issuance. Stock Options The fair value for options granted at the time of issuance were estimated at the date of grant using a Black- Scholes options pricing model. Significant assumptions included in the option value model include the fair value of our common stock at the grant date, weighted average volatility, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and the forfeiture rate. There were no stock options granted in any of the periods presented. Our stock option activity and related information are summarized as follows: Outstanding at January 1, 2019 Forfeited or expired Exercised Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Forfeited or expired Exercised Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Forfeited or expired Exercised Outstanding at December 31, 2021 112 | Annual Report 2021 112 Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Terms (in Years) 112,094 $ (2,546) $ (38,920) $ 70,628 $ (4,556) $ (53,270) $ 12,802 $ (1,742) $ (4,422) $ 6,638 $ 30.32 27.61 29.30 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 1.8 1.2 1.6 1.3 change date will be subject to potential limitation. The estimated annual limitation is $1,062. A second ownership change under Section 382 was deemed to occur on December 11, 2018. The estimated annual limitation is $9,736, which is increased by $22,430 over the first five years as a result of an unrealized built in gain. NOLs sustained prior to May 30, 2014 will still be constricted by the lower limitation. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2021. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as our projections for future growth. As a result, a full valuation continues to be recorded against the Company's net deferred tax assets, with the exception of Israel. We are subject to taxation in the United States, Indiana and various other state and international jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2021, all tax years from 2008 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject due to our net operating loss and credit carryforwards from those years. We believe that the income tax filing positions will be sustained on audit and do not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change. Therefore, no reserve for uncertain income tax positions has been recorded. Interest and penalties, if any, associated with income tax examinations will be to record such items as a component of income taxes. At December 31, 2021, our foreign operations held cash totaling $2,444. We have not provided for foreign withholding tax on the undistributed earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries that are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. If such earnings were to be distributed, any foreign withholding tax would not be significant. NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Prior to our IPO, we maintained an Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) that provides for grants of options and restricted stock to employees, directors and associated third-party representatives of our company as determined by the Board of Directors. The 2007 Plan had authorized 1,585,000 shares for award. Immediately prior to our IPO, we adopted our 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”) which replaced the 2007 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for grants of options and restricted stock to officers, employees, consultants or directors of our Company. The 2017 Plan has authorized 1,832,460 shares for award. As of December 31, 2021, the Plan had 694,186 shares available for issuance. Stock Options Our stock option activity and related information are summarized as follows: Outstanding at January 1, 2019 Forfeited or expired Exercised Forfeited or expired Exercised Forfeited or expired Exercised Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Outstanding at December 31, 2021 Options Weighted-Average Contractual Terms Exercise Price (in Years) Weighted-Average Remaining 112,094 $ (2,546) $ (38,920) $ 70,628 $ (4,556) $ (53,270) $ 12,802 $ (1,742) $ (4,422) $ 6,638 $ 30.32 27.61 29.30 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 1.8 1.2 1.6 1.3 Options generally include a time-based vesting schedule permitting the options to vest ratably over three years. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, all options were fully vested. There was no stock-based compensation expense on stock options for all periods presented. Restricted Stock Our restricted stock activity and related information are summarized as follows: Outstanding at January 1, 2019 Granted Forfeited Outstanding at Vested Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Granted Forfeited Outstanding at Vested Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Granted Forfeited Vested Outstanding at December 31, 2021 Restricted stock exercisable at December 31, 2021 Restricted Stock Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Terms (in Years) 177,293 154,769 (9,616) (4,444) 318,002 164,010 (1,885) (43,397) 436,730 114,256 (6,354) (176,186) 368,446 — 2.2 1.7 1.1 1.1 At December 31, 2021, there was $7,075 of unrecognized compensation expense remaining related to our service-based restricted stock awards. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years. Stock-based compensation expense on restricted stock amounted to $5,842, $6,196 and $2,603 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the stock compensation expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by the lack of one-time stock grants related to executive management transitions that vested immediately resulting in an additional $1,542 of expense which did not repeat in 2021. The fair value for options granted at the time of issuance were estimated at the date of grant using a Black- Scholes options pricing model. Significant assumptions included in the option value model include the fair value of our common stock at the grant date, weighted average volatility, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and the forfeiture rate. There were no stock options granted in any of the periods presented. Warrants Our warrant activity and related information are summarized below: Outstanding at January 1, 2019 Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2021 Warrants Weighted-Average Exercise Price 6,790 $ (6,386) $ 404 $ (404) $ — $ — $ — $ 27.81 27.61 30.97 30.97 — — — For all periods presented, the warrants were issued at exercise prices ranging from $27.61 to $30.97 per share. The warrants generally have a 10-year term. No warrants have been exercised during each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021. At inception and as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, no fair value was assigned to the warrants. 112 113 Annual Report 2021 | 113   NOTE 12 – NET LOSS PER SHARE The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders: Net loss from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net loss attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted Weighted average number of shares - basic and diluted Net loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss from discontinued operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss per share - basic and diluted Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (12,685) — — (1,046) (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (13,731) 19,268,255 18,056,828 14,624,194 (0.84) $ (1.82) $ — — (0.84) $ (1.82) $ (0.87) (0.07) (0.94) $ $ $ $ Our basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation that determines net income per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to their participation rights in dividends and undistributed earnings or losses. Non-vested restricted stock that includes non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities. Because we have incurred a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share. The following contingently issuable and convertible equity shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for all periods presented: Restricted stock Stock options Warrants Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 368,446 6,638 — 436,730 12,802 — 375,084 449,532 318,002 70,628 404 389,034 NOTE 13 – BUSINESS SEGMENT Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We have one operating and reportable segment, OrthoPediatrics, which designs, develops and markets anatomically appropriate implants and devices for children with orthopedic problems. Our chief operating decision-maker, our Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance, accompanied by disaggregated revenue information by product category. We do not assess the performance of our individual product categories on measures of profit or loss, or other asset-based metrics. Therefore, the information below is presented only for revenue by category and geography. Product sales attributed to a country or region includes product sales to hospitals, physicians and distributors and is based on the final destination where the products are sold. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of total product sales for any of the periods presented. No customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 or 2020. 114 | Annual Report 2021 114 NOTE 12 – NET LOSS PER SHARE Disaggregated revenue - product sales by source were as follows: The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders: Product sales by geographic location: Net loss from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net loss attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted Net loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss from discontinued operations per share - basic and diluted Net loss per share - basic and diluted Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (12,685) — — (1,046) (16,260) $ (32,944) $ (13,731) (0.84) $ (1.82) $ — — (0.84) $ (1.82) $ (0.87) (0.07) (0.94) $ $ $ $ U.S. International Total Product sales by category: Trauma and deformity Scoliosis Sports medicine/other Total Weighted average number of shares - basic and diluted 19,268,255 18,056,828 14,624,194 Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 77,781 $ 62,966 $ 20,268 8,112 98,049 $ 71,078 $ 55,055 17,497 72,552 Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 65,829 $ 47,677 $ 28,046 4,174 20,738 2,663 98,049 $ 71,078 $ 49,371 21,485 1,696 72,552 $ $ $ $ Our basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation that determines net income per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to their participation rights in dividends and undistributed earnings or losses. Non-vested restricted stock that includes non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities. Because we have incurred a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share. The following contingently issuable and convertible equity shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for all periods presented: Restricted stock Stock options Warrants Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 368,446 6,638 — 436,730 12,802 — 375,084 449,532 318,002 70,628 404 389,034 NOTE 13 – BUSINESS SEGMENT Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We have one operating and reportable segment, OrthoPediatrics, which designs, develops and markets anatomically appropriate implants and devices for children with orthopedic problems. Our chief operating decision-maker, our Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance, accompanied by disaggregated revenue information by product category. We do not assess the performance of our individual product categories on measures of profit or loss, or other asset-based metrics. Therefore, the information below is presented only for revenue by category and geography. Product sales attributed to a country or region includes product sales to hospitals, physicians and distributors and is based on the final destination where the products are sold. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of total product sales for any of the periods presented. No customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 or 2020. No individual country with sales originating outside of the United States accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS In addition to the debt and credit agreements and mortgage with Squadron and its affiliate (refer to Note 6), we currently use Structure Medical, LLC (“Structure Medical”) as one of our suppliers. Structure Medical is affiliated with Squadron and a supplier with which we maintain certain long-term agreements. Our aggregate payments to Structure Medical for inventory purchases were $750, $2,622 and $3,933 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On December 31, 2019, the Company divested Vilex for $25,000 to an affiliate of Squadron. In conjunction with the divestiture, the Company also entered into an exclusive perpetual license agreement to permit the purchasers of Vilex the ability to access intellectual property and sell products using the external fixation technology of Orthex, LLC to non-pediatric accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2021, sales and payments related to inventory purchases to Squadron's affiliate, now known as Vilex, LLC, were $224 and $702, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020 sales and payments related to inventory purchases were $595 and $2,900, respectively. NOTE 15 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN We have a defined-contribution plan, OrthoPediatrics 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which includes a cash or deferral (Section 401(k)) arrangement. The 401(k) Plan covers those employees who meet certain eligibility requirements and elect to participate. Employee contributions are limited to the annual amounts permitted under the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan allows us to make a discretionary matching contribution. Discretionary matching contributions are determined annually by management. Effective January 1, 2019, we elected to match our employees' 401(k) contributions up to 3% of employees' salary. This was increased to 4% effective January 1, 2020. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we matched $510 and $439, respectively of our employees' 401(k) contributions. NOTE 16 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Leases As of December 31, 2021, the Company has recorded a lease liability of $293 and corresponding right-of-use asset of $297 on its consolidated balance sheet. Legal Proceedings From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. K2M - Alleged Patent Infringement 114 115 Annual Report 2021 | 115   On January 20, 2017, K2M, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (K2M, Inc. v. OrthoPediatrics Corp. et al., Case No. 1:17-cv-0061) seeking unspecified damages for alleged infringement of U.S. Patent No. 9,532,816. The complaint was amended on August 21, 2017 to add, among other things, a claim of patent infringement regarding U.S. Patent No. 9,655,664. These patents relate to certain instruments used in our RESPONSE™ spine systems, which represent a portion of our total scoliosis portfolio. We denied these claims and responded with counterclaims seeking declaratory relief that the patents in question are both invalid and not infringed. On November 19, 2019, K2M amended its complaint to add two (2) additional issued patents, to add claims of patent infringement regarding U.S. Patent Nos. 10,285,735 and 10,292,736 (both issued in May 2019). Like before, these newly issued K2M patents relate to certain instruments used in our RESPONSE spine systems, and we denied these claims and responded with counterclaims seeking declaratory relief that the patents in question are both invalid and not infringed. On June 29, 2021, the parties settled the matter, and subsequently filed a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal With Prejudice concerning all claims and counterclaims, which the Court subsequently granted and ordered. The Company previously accrued for the related expense during the fourth quarter of 2020. No material modifications were made to the accrual during 2021, and the payment made during the second quarter 2021 satisfied all liabilities associated with this matter. IMED Surgical - Software Ownership Dispute On October 16, 2020, the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orthex, LLC (“Orthex”), the Company’s largest investor, Squadron Capital, LLC (“Squadron”), and certain other defendants, were named in a lawsuit filed by IMED Surgical, LLC, a New Jersey company (the “Plaintiff”), in Broward County, Florida Circuit Court. In the lawsuit, the Plaintiff claims, among other things, that it is the rightful owner of certain patented point-and-click planning software being used by the Company, Orthex and Squadron (specifically, U.S. Patent No. 10,258,377 (titled “Point and click alignment method for orthopedic surgeons, and surgical and clinical accessories and devices,” issued on April 16, 2019) (hereinafter, the “’377 Patent”). In June 2019, the Company purchased all the issued and outstanding units of membership interests in Orthex, and all the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Vilex in Tennessee, Inc. (“Vilex”) for $60,000 in total consideration. Vilex and Orthex are primarily manufacturers of foot and ankle surgical implants, including cannulated screws, fusion devices, surgical staples and bone plates, as well as the Orthex Hexapod technology, a system of rings, struts, implants, hardware accessories, and the Point & Click Software used to treat congenital deformities and limb length discrepancies. On December 31, 2019, the Company divested substantially all of the assets relating to Vilex's adult product offerings to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron, in exchange for a $25,000 reduction in a term note owed to Squadron in connection with the initial acquisition. As part of the sale, the Company also executed an exclusive license arrangement with Squadron providing for perpetual access to certain intellectual property, including the ‘377 Patent. According to the lawsuit, the other defendants, who are unrelated to the Company, assigned the ‘377 Patent to Orthex in violation of certain agreements with the Plaintiff. The Plaintiff, among other things, requests that the defendants be ordered to convey and assign to Plaintiff all of their rights, title and interests in and to the ’377 Patent and seeks certain compensatory, consequential and unjust enrichment damages from Orthex and the unrelated defendants. On May 13, 2021, the Court ordered the lawsuit stayed pending arbitration. To the extent the Plaintiff desires to further pursue the matter, it must first do so through a separate arbitration proceeding. In mid-November 2021, the Plaintiff initiated an arbitration proceeding. In connection with the stay order, the Court also ordered the Company, Orthex and Squadron to give notice to the Plaintiff before any attempt to dispose, assign, sell or otherwise encumber the ‘377 Patent. The Company, Orthex and Squadron filed an appeal of this component of the order, but the appellate court affirmed the lower court’s decision. The Company, Orthex and Squadron have not sought to further pursue an appeal of the subject order. Although we believe the IMED lawsuit is without merit and will vigorously defend the claims asserted against us, arbitration and litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and an adverse resolution of such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Barry - Alleged Patent Infringement On December 30, 2020, Dr. Mark Barry filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (Barry v. OrthoPediatrics Corp. et al., Case No. 1:20-cv-01786) seeking unspecified damages for alleged infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,670,358; 8,361,121; 9,339,301; 9,668,787; and 9,668,788, which relate 116 | Annual Report 2021 116 On January 20, 2017, K2M, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (K2M, Inc. v. OrthoPediatrics Corp. et al., Case No. 1:17-cv-0061) seeking unspecified damages for alleged infringement of U.S. Patent No. 9,532,816. The complaint was amended on August 21, 2017 to add, among other things, a claim of patent infringement regarding U.S. Patent No. 9,655,664. These patents relate to certain instruments used in our RESPONSE™ spine systems, which represent a portion of our total scoliosis portfolio. We denied these claims and responded with counterclaims seeking declaratory relief that the patents in question are both invalid and not infringed. On November 19, 2019, K2M amended its complaint to add two (2) additional issued patents, to add claims of patent infringement regarding U.S. Patent Nos. 10,285,735 and 10,292,736 (both issued in May 2019). Like before, these newly issued K2M patents relate to certain instruments used in our RESPONSE spine systems, and we denied these claims and responded with counterclaims seeking declaratory relief that the patents in question are both invalid and not infringed. On June 29, 2021, the parties settled the matter, and subsequently filed a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal With Prejudice concerning all claims and counterclaims, which the Court subsequently granted and ordered. The Company previously accrued for the related expense during the fourth quarter of 2020. No material modifications were made to the accrual during 2021, and the payment made during the second quarter 2021 satisfied all liabilities associated with this matter. IMED Surgical - Software Ownership Dispute On October 16, 2020, the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orthex, LLC (“Orthex”), the Company’s largest investor, Squadron Capital, LLC (“Squadron”), and certain other defendants, were named in a lawsuit filed by IMED Surgical, LLC, a New Jersey company (the “Plaintiff”), in Broward County, Florida Circuit Court. In the lawsuit, the Plaintiff claims, among other things, that it is the rightful owner of certain patented point-and-click planning software being used by the Company, Orthex and Squadron (specifically, U.S. Patent No. 10,258,377 (titled “Point and click alignment method for orthopedic surgeons, and surgical and clinical accessories and devices,” issued on April 16, 2019) (hereinafter, the “’377 Patent”). In June 2019, the Company purchased all the issued and outstanding units of membership interests in Orthex, and all the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Vilex in Tennessee, Inc. (“Vilex”) for $60,000 in total consideration. Vilex and Orthex are primarily manufacturers of foot and ankle surgical implants, including cannulated screws, fusion devices, surgical staples and bone plates, as well as the Orthex Hexapod technology, a system of rings, struts, implants, hardware accessories, and the Point & Click Software used to treat congenital deformities and limb length discrepancies. On December 31, 2019, the Company divested substantially all of the assets relating to Vilex's adult product offerings to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Squadron, in exchange for a $25,000 reduction in a term note owed to Squadron in connection with the initial acquisition. As part of the sale, the Company also executed an exclusive license arrangement with Squadron providing for perpetual access to certain intellectual property, including the ‘377 Patent. According to the lawsuit, the other defendants, who are unrelated to the Company, assigned the ‘377 Patent to Orthex in violation of certain agreements with the Plaintiff. The Plaintiff, among other things, requests that the defendants be ordered to convey and assign to Plaintiff all of their rights, title and interests in and to the ’377 Patent and seeks certain compensatory, consequential and unjust enrichment damages from Orthex and the unrelated defendants. On May 13, 2021, the Court ordered the lawsuit stayed pending arbitration. To the extent the Plaintiff desires to further pursue the matter, it must first do so through a separate arbitration proceeding. In mid-November 2021, the Plaintiff initiated an arbitration proceeding. In connection with the stay order, the Court also ordered the Company, Orthex and Squadron to give notice to the Plaintiff before any attempt to dispose, assign, sell or otherwise encumber the ‘377 Patent. The Company, Orthex and Squadron filed an appeal of this component of the order, but the appellate court affirmed the lower court’s decision. The Company, Orthex and Squadron have not sought to further pursue an appeal of the subject order. Although we believe the IMED lawsuit is without merit and will vigorously defend the claims asserted against us, arbitration and litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and an adverse resolution of such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Barry - Alleged Patent Infringement On December 30, 2020, Dr. Mark Barry filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (Barry v. OrthoPediatrics Corp. et al., Case No. 1:20-cv-01786) seeking unspecified damages for alleged infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,670,358; 8,361,121; 9,339,301; 9,668,787; and 9,668,788, which relate to systems and methods concerning derotation of spinal bodies to correct spinal deformities. On March 19, 2021, the parties reached a final settlement, which included the Company entering into a license agreement with Dr. Barry. The license agreement was recorded by the Company in the amount of $2,858, which will be amortized over a period of up to 8 years based upon the number of cases utilizing the related spinal deformity system in a given period. The balance of the amount otherwise paid to Dr. Barry had been previously accrued for during the fourth quarter of 2020 in anticipation of this final settlement. Wishbone Medical, Inc. – Patent Infringement Litigation On October 30, 2020, OrthoPediatrics, along with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orthex, LLC, filed a lawsuit in federal district court (N.D. Indiana, South Bend Division, Case No. 3:20-cv-00929) against Wishbone Medical, Inc. and Nick A. Deeter (collectively “Wishbone”), claiming infringement of ’377 Patent, unfair competition, false advertising, breach of contract, defamation per se, tortious interference with contractual relationships, and tortious interference with prospective contractual relationships. In early January 2021, OrthoPediatrics amended its lawsuit by adding a declaratory judgment claim of infringement of the ‘377 Patent against Wishbone. Thereafter, in January 2021, Wishbone filed a motion to dismiss all OrthoPediatrics’ causes of action. In late August 2021, the Court denied Wishbone's motion to dismiss with respect to OrthoPediatrics’ infringement and breach of contract claims and dismissed OrthoPediatrics' remaining causes of action. In late September 2021, Wishbone filed its answer and counterclaims, in part, seeking declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity of the ‘377 Patent, and alleging OrthoPediatrics patent infringement claim(s) against Wishbone was made in bad faith. In mid-October 2021, OrthoPediatrics filed its answer to Wishbone’s counterclaims, denying all of them. Although we believe Wishbone’s counterclaims are without merit and will vigorously defend the claims asserted against us, litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and an adverse resolution of this proceeding could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We are not presently a party to any other legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate materially affect our financial position or results of operations or cash flows. Purchase Obligations and Performance Requirements As a result of entering into a license agreement for the exclusive distribution of the 7D Surgical FLASHTM Navigation platform during 2021, the Company has agreed to a minimum purchase commitment for the first twelve months of that agreement. As of December 31, 2021, the remaining purchase commitment under the agreement was $1.9 million. On July 20, 2021, we entered into an amended license agreement, resulting in a five-year extension of our exclusive distribution rights of the FIREFLY Technology. As a component of the agreement the Company is required to meet minimum performance metrics, measured by the number of spine procedures in the fiscal year which used the FIREFLY products against the annual requirement in the agreement. This includes any scheduled surgeries whereby the Company has committed to payment of the product. The number of required surgeries varies each year of the agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not reach the minimum performance metrics. As such, the Company recorded $0.5 million as a component of cost of revenue for the shortfall which occurred during the year. no expense was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019. Royalties As of December 31, 2021, we are contracted to pay royalties to individuals and entities that provide research and development services, which range from 0.5% to 20% of sales. Additionally, we have minimum royalty commitments of $10 annually through 2026. We have products in development that have milestone payments and royalty commitments. In any development project, there are significant variables that will affect the amount and timing of these payments and as of December 31, 2021, we have not been able to determine the amount and timing of payments. We do not anticipate these future payments will have a material impact on our financial results. 116 117 Annual Report 2021 | 117   NOTE 17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) The quarterly financial data presented should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes. Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2021 Jun. 30, 2021 Sep. 30, 2021 Dec. 31, 2021 Net revenue Gross profit Operating loss Loss before income tax benefit Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss $ 21,462 $ 26,695 $ 25,079 $ 16,325 (5,973) (10,691) (312) (10,379) 20,443 (2,846) (4,042) (286) (3,756) 18,554 (3,644) (2,489) (292) (2,197) Net loss per share - basic and diluted $ (0.54) $ (0.19) $ (0.11) $ 24,813 18,081 (5,561) (166) (238) 72 — Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2020 Jun. 30, 2020 Sep. 30, 2020 Dec. 31, 2020 Net revenue Gross profit Operating loss Loss before income tax benefit Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss $ 16,356 $ 13,593 $ 22,205 $ 12,213 (4,497) (4,945) — (4,945) 10,061 (7,017) (9,447) — (9,447) 17,639 (2,498) (4,539) — (4,539) Net loss per share - basic and diluted $ (0.30) $ (0.54) $ (0.24) $ 18,924 15,118 (12,743) (14,736) (723) (14,013) (0.73) During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a $2,730 revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency. The aforementioned $2,730 reduction of revenue reduced gross profit in the fourth quarter and total year by $1,115. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE In connection with its audits for the two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, there have been no disagreements with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or audit scope or procedure, nor have there been any changes in accountants. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES At the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in Company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. 118 | Annual Report 2021 118 NOTE 17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting The quarterly financial data presented should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes. Net revenue Gross profit Operating loss Loss before income tax benefit Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss Net revenue Gross profit Operating loss Loss before income tax benefit Provision for income taxes (benefit) Net loss year by $1,115. DISCLOSURE Net loss per share - basic and diluted $ (0.54) $ (0.19) $ (0.11) $ Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2021 Jun. 30, 2021 Sep. 30, 2021 Dec. 31, 2021 $ 21,462 $ 26,695 $ 25,079 $ 16,325 (5,973) (10,691) (312) (10,379) 12,213 (4,497) (4,945) — (4,945) 20,443 (2,846) (4,042) (286) (3,756) 10,061 (7,017) (9,447) — (9,447) 18,554 (3,644) (2,489) (292) (2,197) 17,639 (2,498) (4,539) — (4,539) Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2020 Jun. 30, 2020 Sep. 30, 2020 Dec. 31, 2020 $ 16,356 $ 13,593 $ 22,205 $ 24,813 18,081 (5,561) (166) (238) 72 — 18,924 15,118 (12,743) (14,736) (723) (14,013) (0.73) Net loss per share - basic and diluted $ (0.30) $ (0.54) $ (0.24) $ During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a $2,730 revenue reduction due to the repurchase of inventory from a stocking distributor in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that we converted to a sales agency. The aforementioned $2,730 reduction of revenue reduced gross profit in the fourth quarter and total ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL In connection with its audits for the two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, there have been no disagreements with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or audit scope or procedure, nor have there been any changes in accountants. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES At the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in Company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: • • • Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors; and Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the company. Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), known as COSO, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021. For as long as we remain an "emerging growth company" we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None 118 119 Annual Report 2021 | 119   PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Information About Directors,” “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 regarding ownership of securities by certain beneficial owners in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 regarding transactions with related parties and director independence in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, in either case under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 regarding principal accounting fees and services in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, in either case under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference. 120 | Annual Report 2021 120 ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES PART III PART IV We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Information About Directors,” “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 regarding ownership of securities by certain beneficial owners in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 regarding transactions with related parties and director independence in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, in either case under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 regarding principal accounting fees and services in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, in either case under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (a) 1. The following financial statements of OrthoPediatrics Corp. are filed as part of this document under Item 8 hereof: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 34) Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated statements of operations, years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity, years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated statements of cash flows, years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Notes to consolidated financial statements (a) 2. Financial statement schedules: All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes. (a) 3. Exhibits: Exhibit No: Ref Description of Exhibits: Share Purchase Agreement, dated April 1, 2020, by and among OrthoPediatrics Corp., ApiFix Ltd. (“ApiFix”), certain controlling shareholders of ApiFix, and the sellers’ representative named therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2020) (SEC File No. 001-38242) W Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of OrthoPediatrics Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2017) (SEC File No. 001-38242) Amended and Restated Bylaws of OrthoPediatrics Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2017) (SEC File No. 001-38242) Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed on October 2, 2017) (SEC File No. 333-212076) Registration Rights Agreement, by and between the registrant and Squadron, dated as of May 30, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of registrant's Form S-1 filed on June 16, 2016) (SEC File No. 333-212076) First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, by and between the registrant and Squadron, dated October 16, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2017) (SEC File No. 001-38242) Stockholders Agreement, by and between the registrant and Squadron, dated October 16, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2017) (SEC File No. 001-38242) + Description of the securities of OrthoPediatrics Corp. registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed on October 2, 2017) (SEC File No. 333-212076) OrthoPediatrics Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of registrant's Form S-1 filed on June 16, 2016) (SEC File No. 333-212076) OrthoPediatrics Corp. 2017 Incentive Award Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed on October 2, 2017) (SEC File No. 333-212076) OrthoPediatrics Corp. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, effective January 1, 2022 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2021) (SEC File No. 001-38242) Employment Agreement, by and between the registrant and Fred L. Hite, dated as of February 1, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of registrant's Form S-1 filed on June 16, 2016) (SEC File No. 333-212076) Employment Agreement, by and between the registrant and David R. Bailey, dated as of July 31, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of registrant's Form S-1 filed on June 16, 2016) (SEC File No. 333-212076) Employment Agreement, by and between the registrant and Gregory A. Odle, dated as of July 31, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of registrant's Form S-1 filed on June 16, 2016) (SEC File No. 333-212076) Employment Agreement, by and between the registrant and Daniel J. Gerritzen, dated as of July 31, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of registrant's Form S-1 filed on June 16, 2016) (SEC File No. 333-212076) Form of OrthoPediatrics Corp. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2017) (SEC File No. 001-38242) * * * * * * * * 2.1 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 120 121 Annual Report 2021 | 121   Fourth Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, by and among the registrant, its subsidiaries and Squadron, dated as of December 31, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2018) (SEC File No. 001-38242) First Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2019, by and among OrthoPediatrics Corp., its subsidiaries named therein and Squadron Capital LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2019) (SEC File No. 001-38242) Second Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2020, by and among OrthoPediatrics Corp., its subsidiaries named therein and Squadron Capital LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2020) (SEC File No. 001-38242) First Amended and Restated Revolving Note, dated August 4, 2020, made payable, jointly and severally, by OrthoPediatrics Corp. and each of its subsidiaries party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2020) (SEC File No. 001-38242) Third Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, date as of December 31, 2021, by and among OrthoPediatrics Corp., its subsidiaries named therein and Squadron Capital LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of registrant's Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2022) (SEC File No. 001-38242) + Subsidiaries of the registrant + Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm + + + ++ ++ + + + + + + Limited Power of Attorney Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002 Inline XBRL Instance Document (The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.) Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and included in Exhibit 101) 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 21.1 23.1 24.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.DEF 101.LAB 101.PRE 104 * Exhibits that describe or evidence management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as Exhibits to this Report. + Exhibits that are filed with this Report (other than through incorporation by reference to other disclosures or exhibits). ++ Furnished and not filed herewith. w Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules or exhibits to the SEC upon request. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 122 | Annual Report 2021 122 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 3rd day of March, 2022. SIGNATURES OrthoPediatrics Corp. By: /s/ David R. Bailey David R. Bailey President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on this 3rd day of March, 2022. /s/ David R. Bailey David R. Bailey Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Fred L. Hite Fred L. Hite Director, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) * Mark C. Throdahl Director * Terry D. Schlotterback Director * Stephen F. Burns Director * Marie C. Infante Director * Harold Ruf Director * Bryan W. Hughes Director * David R. Pelizzon Director * Kevin L. Unger Director * Samuel D. Riccitelli Director * By Daniel J. Gerritzen as Attorney-in Fact pursuant to a Limited Power of Attorney executed by the directors identified above, which Power of Attorney is being filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit hereto. /s/ Daniel J. Gerritzen Daniel J. Gerritzen As Attorney-in-Fact March 3, 2022 123 Annual Report 2021 | 123   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP DENTONS BINGHAM GREENEBAUM LLP COMPUTERSHARE, INC. 124 | Annual Report 2021 INVESTOR INFORMATION111 Monument CircleSuite 4200Indianapolis, IN 46204317-464-8600www.deloitte.com2700 Market Tower10 West Market StreetIndianapolis, IN 46204317-635-8900www.dentons.com462 South 4th St, Suite 1600Louisville, KY 40202877-373-6374www.computershare.com/InvestorABOUT ORTHOPEDIATRICS CORP.Founded in 2006, OrthoPediatrics is an orthopedic company focused exclusively on advancing the field of pediatric orthopedics. As such it has developed the most comprehensive product offering to the pediatric orthopedic market to improve the lives of children with orthopedic conditions. OrthoPediatrics currently markets 37 surgical systems that serve three of the largest categories within the pediatric orthopedic market. This offering spans trauma and deformity, scoliosis, and sports medicine/other procedures. OrthoPediatrics’ global sales organization is focused exclusively on pediatric orthopedics and distributes its products in the United States and 45 countries outside the United States.BOARD OF DIRECTORS Mark Throdahl, Executive Chairman of the Board Terry Schlotterback, Lead Independent Director, Former President Trauma and Spinal Division, Zimmer David Bailey, President & Chief Executive Officer, OrthoPediatrics Stephen Burns, Chairman and Former President and CEO, Wheaton Van Lines Fred Hite, Chief Operating Officer & Chief Financial Officer, OrthoPediatrics Bryan Hughes, Managing Director and Group Head-Medical Technology Investment Banking, P&M Corporate Finance, LLC Marie Infante, Former Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel for Healthcare Law, Golden Living David Pelizzon, President, Squadron Capital, LLC Samuel Riccitelli, Chief Executive Officer, Pathnostics Harald Ruf, Chief Operating Officer, Squadron Capital, LLC Kevin Unger, Global General Manager, Zimmer BiometEXECUTIVE OFFICERS David Bailey, President & Chief Executive Officer Fred Hite, Chief Operating Officer & Chief Financial Officer Daniel Gerritzen, General Counsel & Secretary Gregory Odle, Executive Vice President Joseph Hauser, Senior Vice President & General Manager, Trauma and Deformity CorrectionNotes Annual Report 2021 | 125   Notes 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above